1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright (C) 1989-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
5
6 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
9 any later version.
10
11 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
18 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
19 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
22 at the University of Utah. */
23
24 #include "as.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "subsegs.h"
27 #include "dw2gencfi.h"
28
29 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
30
31 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
32 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
33
34 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
35 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
36 #endif
37
38 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
39 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
40 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
41 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
42 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
43
44 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
45 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
46
47 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
48 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
49
50 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
51 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
52 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
53 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
54
55 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
56 /* How to generate a relocation. */
57 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
58 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
59 #else
60 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
61 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
62 #endif
63
64 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
65 to store a copyright string. */
66 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
67 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
68
69 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
70 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
71
72 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
73 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
74 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
75 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
76 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
77 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
78
79 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
80 typedef int reloc_type;
81
82 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
83 #define obj_version obj_som_version
84 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
85
86 /* How to generate a relocation. */
87 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
88
89 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
90 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
91 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
93
94 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
95 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
96 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
97 #endif
98
99 #ifndef R_N0SEL
100 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
101 #endif
102
103 #ifndef R_N1SEL
104 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
105 #endif
106 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
107
108 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
109 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
110 #else
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
112 #endif
113
114 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
115
116 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
117
118 struct unwind_desc
119 {
120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
121 unsigned int millicode:1;
122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
123 unsigned int region_desc:2;
124 unsigned int save_sr:2;
125 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
126 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
127 unsigned int args_stored:1;
128 unsigned int call_fr:5;
129 unsigned int call_gr:5;
130 unsigned int save_sp:1;
131 unsigned int save_rp:1;
132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
135
136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
138 unsigned int reserved:3;
139 unsigned int frame_size:27;
140 };
141
142 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
144 object files. */
145 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
161
162 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
166
167 struct unwind_table
168 {
169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
170 descriptor. */
171 unsigned int start_offset;
172 unsigned int end_offset;
173 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
174 };
175
176 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
179
180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
182
183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
185
186 struct call_info
187 {
188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
190
191 /* Name of this function. */
192 symbolS *start_symbol;
193
194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
195 symbolS *end_symbol;
196
197 /* Next entry in the chain. */
198 struct call_info *ci_next;
199 };
200
201 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
203 SGL and DBL). */
204 typedef enum
205 {
206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
207 }
208 fp_operand_format;
209
210 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
212 (ELF has no need for it). */
213 typedef enum
214 {
215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
224 }
225 pa_symbol_type;
226
227 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
228 individual instructions. */
229 struct pa_it
230 {
231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
232 unsigned long opcode;
233
234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
235 expressionS exp;
236
237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
238 int pcrel;
239
240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
241 fp_operand_format fpof1;
242 fp_operand_format fpof2;
243
244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
245 int trunc;
246
247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
249 long field_selector;
250
251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
253 unsigned int arg_reloc;
254
255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
256 int format;
257
258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
259 reloc_type reloc;
260 };
261
262 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
263
264 +--------------+--------------+
265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | | |
270
271 . . .
272 . . .
273 . . .
274
275 | | |
276 +--------------+--------------+
277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
280 +--------------+--------------+ */
281
282 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
283 struct call_desc
284 {
285 /* The argument relocation specification. */
286 unsigned int arg_reloc;
287
288 /* Number of arguments. */
289 unsigned int arg_count;
290 };
291
292 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
293 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
294 chain. */
295
296 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
297 {
298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
299 unsigned int ssd_defined;
300
301 /* Name of this subspace. */
302 char *ssd_name;
303
304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
305 asection *ssd_seg;
306 int ssd_subseg;
307
308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
310 };
311
312 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
313
314 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
315 chain. */
316
317 struct space_dictionary_chain
318 {
319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
320 as a default space. */
321 unsigned int sd_defined;
322
323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
324 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
325
326 /* The space number (or index). */
327 unsigned int sd_spnum;
328
329 /* The name of this subspace. */
330 char *sd_name;
331
332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
333 asection *sd_seg;
334
335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
336 int sd_last_subseg;
337
338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
340
341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
343 };
344
345 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
346
347 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
348 dictionary entries. */
349
350 struct default_subspace_dict
351 {
352 /* Name of the subspace. */
353 const char *name;
354
355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
356 char defined;
357
358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
359 char loadable;
360
361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
362 char code_only;
363
364 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
365 char comdat;
366
367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
368 char common;
369
370 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
371 to be multiply defined. */
372 char dup_common;
373
374 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
375 char zero;
376
377 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
378 unsigned char sort;
379
380 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
381 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
382 int access;
383
384 /* Index of containing space. */
385 int space_index;
386
387 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
388 int alignment;
389
390 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
391 int quadrant;
392
393 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
394 int def_space_index;
395
396 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
397 subsegT subsegment;
398 };
399
400 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
401 dictionary entries. */
402
403 struct default_space_dict
404 {
405 /* Name of the space. */
406 const char *name;
407
408 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
409 assembly code numerically! */
410 int spnum;
411
412 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
413 char loadable;
414
415 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
416 char defined;
417
418 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
419 char private;
420
421 /* Sort key for this space. */
422 unsigned char sort;
423
424 /* Segment associated with this space. */
425 asection *segment;
426 };
427 #endif
428
429 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
430 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
431 label. */
432 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
433 {
434 struct symbol *lss_label;
435 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
436 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
437 #endif
438 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
439 segT lss_segment;
440 #endif
441 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
442 }
443 label_symbol_struct;
444
445 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
446 struct hppa_fix_struct
447 {
448 /* The field selector. */
449 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
450
451 /* Type of fixup. */
452 int fx_r_type;
453
454 /* Format of fixup. */
455 int fx_r_format;
456
457 /* Argument relocation bits. */
458 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
459
460 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
461 segT segment;
462 };
463
464 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
465
466 struct pd_reg
467 {
468 const char *name;
469 int value;
470 };
471
472 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
473 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
474 struct fp_cond_map
475 {
476 const char *string;
477 int cond;
478 };
479
480 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
481 string to a field selector type. */
482 struct selector_entry
483 {
484 const char *prefix;
485 int field_selector;
486 };
487
488 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
489
490 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
491 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
492 #endif
493
494 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
495 static void pa_text (int);
496 static void pa_data (int);
497 static void pa_comm (int);
498 #endif
499 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
500 static int exact_log2 (int);
501 static void pa_compiler (int);
502 static void pa_align (int);
503 static void pa_space (int);
504 static void pa_spnum (int);
505 static void pa_subspace (int);
506 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (const char *, int, int,
507 int, int, int,
508 asection *, int);
509 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
510 const char *, int, int,
511 int, int, int, int,
512 int, int, int, int,
513 int, asection *);
514 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
515 char *, int, int, int,
516 int, int, int, int,
517 int, int, int, int,
518 asection *);
519 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (const char *);
520 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (const char *);
521 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
522 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
523 subsegT);
524 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
525 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
526 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *, int);
527 #endif
528
529 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
530
531 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
532 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
533 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
534 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
535
536 /* The current space and subspace. */
537 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
538 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
539 #endif
540
541 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
542 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
543
544 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
545 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
546 function labels. */
547 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
548
549 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
550 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
551
552 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
553 static htab_t op_hash = NULL;
554
555 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
556 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
557 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
558 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
559
560 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
561 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
562 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
563
564 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
565 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
566 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
567
568 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
569 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
570
571 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
572 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
573 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
574
575 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
576 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
577
578 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
579 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
580
581 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
582 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
583
584 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
585 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
586 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
587 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
588
589 static struct pa_it the_insn;
590
591 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
592 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
593 variable. */
594 static char *expr_end;
595
596 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
597 static int callinfo_found;
598
599 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
600 static int within_entry_exit;
601
602 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
603 static int within_procedure;
604
605 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
606 seen in each subspace. */
607 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
608
609 /* Last label symbol */
610 static label_symbol_struct last_label_symbol;
611
612 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
613
614 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
615 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
616
617 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
618 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
619 by pa_parse_number. */
620 static int strict;
621
622 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
623 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
624 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
625 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
626 register has a `r' suffix. */
627 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
628 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
629 static int pa_number;
630
631 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
632 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
633 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
634 #endif
635
636 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
637 static int print_errors = 1;
638
639 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
640
641 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
642 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
643
644 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
645 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
646
647 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
648 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
649 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
650 again have the value <REGNUM>.
651
652 Many registers also have synonyms:
653
654 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
655 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
656 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
657 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
658 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
659 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
660
661 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
662 here for brevity.
663
664 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
665
666 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
667 {
668 {"%arg0", 26},
669 {"%arg1", 25},
670 {"%arg2", 24},
671 {"%arg3", 23},
672 {"%cr0", 0},
673 {"%cr10", 10},
674 {"%cr11", 11},
675 {"%cr12", 12},
676 {"%cr13", 13},
677 {"%cr14", 14},
678 {"%cr15", 15},
679 {"%cr16", 16},
680 {"%cr17", 17},
681 {"%cr18", 18},
682 {"%cr19", 19},
683 {"%cr20", 20},
684 {"%cr21", 21},
685 {"%cr22", 22},
686 {"%cr23", 23},
687 {"%cr24", 24},
688 {"%cr25", 25},
689 {"%cr26", 26},
690 {"%cr27", 27},
691 {"%cr28", 28},
692 {"%cr29", 29},
693 {"%cr30", 30},
694 {"%cr31", 31},
695 {"%cr8", 8},
696 {"%cr9", 9},
697 {"%dp", 27},
698 {"%eiem", 15},
699 {"%eirr", 23},
700 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
701 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
702 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
703 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
704 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
705 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
706 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
707 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
708 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
709 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
710 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
711 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
712 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
713 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
714 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
715 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
716 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
717 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
718 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
719 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
720 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
721 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
722 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
723 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
724 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
725 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
726 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
727 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
728 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
729 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
730 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
731 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
732 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
733 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
734 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
735 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
736 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
737 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
738 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
739 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
740 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
741 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
742 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
743 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
744 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
745 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
746 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
747 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
748 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
749 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
750 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
751 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
752 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
753 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
754 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
755 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
756 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
757 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
758 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
759 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
760 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
761 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
762 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
763 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
764 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
765 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
766 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
767 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
768 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
769 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
770 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
771 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
772 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
773 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
774 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
775 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
776 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
777 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
778 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
779 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
780 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
781 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
782 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
783 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
784 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
785 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
786 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
787 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
788 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
789 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
790 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
791 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
792 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
793 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
794 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
795 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
796 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
797 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
798 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
799 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
800 {"%fret", 4},
801 {"%hta", 25},
802 {"%iir", 19},
803 {"%ior", 21},
804 {"%ipsw", 22},
805 {"%isr", 20},
806 {"%itmr", 16},
807 {"%iva", 14},
808 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
809 {"%mrp", 2},
810 #else
811 {"%mrp", 31},
812 #endif
813 {"%pcoq", 18},
814 {"%pcsq", 17},
815 {"%pidr1", 8},
816 {"%pidr2", 9},
817 {"%pidr3", 12},
818 {"%pidr4", 13},
819 {"%ppda", 24},
820 {"%r0", 0},
821 {"%r1", 1},
822 {"%r10", 10},
823 {"%r11", 11},
824 {"%r12", 12},
825 {"%r13", 13},
826 {"%r14", 14},
827 {"%r15", 15},
828 {"%r16", 16},
829 {"%r17", 17},
830 {"%r18", 18},
831 {"%r19", 19},
832 {"%r2", 2},
833 {"%r20", 20},
834 {"%r21", 21},
835 {"%r22", 22},
836 {"%r23", 23},
837 {"%r24", 24},
838 {"%r25", 25},
839 {"%r26", 26},
840 {"%r27", 27},
841 {"%r28", 28},
842 {"%r29", 29},
843 {"%r3", 3},
844 {"%r30", 30},
845 {"%r31", 31},
846 {"%r4", 4},
847 {"%r5", 5},
848 {"%r6", 6},
849 {"%r7", 7},
850 {"%r8", 8},
851 {"%r9", 9},
852 {"%rctr", 0},
853 {"%ret0", 28},
854 {"%ret1", 29},
855 {"%rp", 2},
856 {"%sar", 11},
857 {"%sp", 30},
858 {"%sr0", 0},
859 {"%sr1", 1},
860 {"%sr2", 2},
861 {"%sr3", 3},
862 {"%sr4", 4},
863 {"%sr5", 5},
864 {"%sr6", 6},
865 {"%sr7", 7},
866 {"%t1", 22},
867 {"%t2", 21},
868 {"%t3", 20},
869 {"%t4", 19},
870 {"%tf1", 11},
871 {"%tf2", 10},
872 {"%tf3", 9},
873 {"%tf4", 8},
874 {"%tr0", 24},
875 {"%tr1", 25},
876 {"%tr2", 26},
877 {"%tr3", 27},
878 {"%tr4", 28},
879 {"%tr5", 29},
880 {"%tr6", 30},
881 {"%tr7", 31}
882 };
883
884 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
885 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
886 for < first, we would get a false match. */
887 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
888 {
889 {"false?", 0},
890 {"false", 1},
891 {"true?", 30},
892 {"true", 31},
893 {"!<=>", 3},
894 {"!?>=", 8},
895 {"!?<=", 16},
896 {"!<>", 7},
897 {"!>=", 11},
898 {"!?>", 12},
899 {"?<=", 14},
900 {"!<=", 19},
901 {"!?<", 20},
902 {"?>=", 22},
903 {"!?=", 24},
904 {"!=t", 27},
905 {"<=>", 29},
906 {"=t", 5},
907 {"?=", 6},
908 {"?<", 10},
909 {"<=", 13},
910 {"!>", 15},
911 {"?>", 18},
912 {">=", 21},
913 {"!<", 23},
914 {"<>", 25},
915 {"!=", 26},
916 {"!?", 28},
917 {"?", 2},
918 {"=", 4},
919 {"<", 9},
920 {">", 17}
921 };
922
923 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
924 {
925 {"f", e_fsel},
926 {"l", e_lsel},
927 {"ld", e_ldsel},
928 {"lp", e_lpsel},
929 {"lr", e_lrsel},
930 {"ls", e_lssel},
931 {"lt", e_ltsel},
932 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
933 {"n", e_nsel},
934 {"nl", e_nlsel},
935 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
936 {"p", e_psel},
937 {"r", e_rsel},
938 {"rd", e_rdsel},
939 {"rp", e_rpsel},
940 {"rr", e_rrsel},
941 {"rs", e_rssel},
942 {"rt", e_rtsel},
943 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
944 {"t", e_tsel},
945 };
946
947 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
948 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
949
950 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
951 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
952
953 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
954 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
955 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
956 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
957 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
958 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
959 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
960 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
961 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
962
963 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
964 {
965 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
966 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
967 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
968 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
969 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
970 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
971 };
972
973 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
974 {
975 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
976 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
977 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
978 };
979
980 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
981
982 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
983 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
984 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
985 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
986 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
987
988 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
989 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
990 #endif
991
992 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
993 a right or left half of a FP register */
994 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
995 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
996
997 /* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */
998
999 #define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
1000 { \
1001 if (immediate_check) \
1002 { \
1003 if (pos == -1) \
1004 pos = (VALUE); \
1005 else if (len == -1) \
1006 len = (VALUE); \
1007 } \
1008 }
1009
1010 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1011 main loop after insertion. */
1012
1013 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1014 { \
1015 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1016 continue; \
1017 }
1018
1019 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1020 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1021
1022 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1023 { \
1024 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1025 { \
1026 if (! IGNORE) \
1027 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1028 (int) (FIELD));\
1029 break; \
1030 } \
1031 }
1032
1033 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1034 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1035
1036 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1037 { \
1038 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1039 { \
1040 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1041 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1042 (int) (FIELD));\
1043 break; \
1044 } \
1045 }
1046
1047 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1048 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1049
1050 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1051 { \
1052 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1053 { \
1054 if (! IGNORE) \
1055 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1056 (int) (FIELD));\
1057 break; \
1058 } \
1059 }
1060
1061 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1062 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1063 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1064
1065 #define is_SB_relative(exp) \
1066 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1067 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
1068
1069 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1070 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1071 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1072
1073 #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
1074 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1075 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
1076
1077 #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
1078 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1079 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
1080
1081 #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
1082 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1083 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
1084
1085 #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
1086 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1087 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
1088
1089 #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
1090 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1091 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1092
1093 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1094 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1095 need real complex handling yet. */
1096 #define is_complex(exp) \
1097 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1098
1099 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1100
1101 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1102 proc/procend pairs match. */
1103
1104 void
pa_check_eof(void)1105 pa_check_eof (void)
1106 {
1107 if (within_entry_exit)
1108 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1109
1110 if (within_procedure)
1111 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1112 }
1113
1114 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1115 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1116
1117 static label_symbol_struct *
pa_get_label(void)1118 pa_get_label (void)
1119 {
1120 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1121
1122 if (label_chain)
1123 {
1124 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1125 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1126 return label_chain;
1127 #endif
1128 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1129 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1130 return label_chain;
1131 #endif
1132 }
1133
1134 return NULL;
1135 }
1136
1137 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1138 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1139
1140 void
pa_define_label(symbolS * symbol)1141 pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
1142 {
1143 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1144
1145 if (!label_chain)
1146 label_chain = &last_label_symbol;
1147
1148 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1149 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1150 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1151 #endif
1152 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1153 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1154 #endif
1155
1156 /* Not used. */
1157 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1158
1159 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1160
1161 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1162 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1163 #endif
1164 }
1165
1166 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1167 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1168
1169 static void
pa_undefine_label(void)1170 pa_undefine_label (void)
1171 {
1172 label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
1173 }
1174
1175 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1176 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1177 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1178 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1179 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1180 tc_fix_data field. */
1181
1182 static void
fix_new_hppa(fragS * frag,int where,int size,symbolS * add_symbol,offsetT offset,expressionS * exp,int pcrel,bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,int r_format,unsigned int arg_reloc,int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1183 fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
1184 int where,
1185 int size,
1186 symbolS *add_symbol,
1187 offsetT offset,
1188 expressionS *exp,
1189 int pcrel,
1190 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
1191 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
1192 int r_format,
1193 unsigned int arg_reloc,
1194 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1195 {
1196 fixS *new_fix;
1197 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct);
1198
1199 if (exp != NULL)
1200 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1201 else
1202 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1203 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1204 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1205 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1206 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1207 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1208 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1209 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1210 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1211 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1212 #endif
1213
1214 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1215 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1216 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1217 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1218 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1219 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
1220 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
1221 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
1222 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
1223 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
1224 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
1225 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
1226 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1227 }
1228
1229 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1230 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1231
1232 void
cons_fix_new_hppa(fragS * frag,int where,int size,expressionS * exp,int hppa_field_selector)1233 cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp,
1234 int hppa_field_selector)
1235 {
1236 unsigned int rel_type;
1237
1238 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1239 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1240 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1241 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1242 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1243 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1244 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
1245 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1246 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
1247 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
1248 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
1249 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
1250 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
1251 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
1252 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
1253 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
1254 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
1255 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1256 #endif
1257 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1258 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1259 else
1260 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1261
1262 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1263 {
1264 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1265 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1266 }
1267
1268 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1269 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1270 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1271 }
1272
1273 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
1274
1275 static void
get_expression(char * str)1276 get_expression (char *str)
1277 {
1278 char *save_in;
1279 asection *seg;
1280
1281 save_in = input_line_pointer;
1282 input_line_pointer = str;
1283 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
1284 if (!(seg == absolute_section
1285 || seg == undefined_section
1286 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
1287 {
1288 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
1289 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1290 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1291 return;
1292 }
1293 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1294 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1295 }
1296
1297 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
1298 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
1299
1300 static int
pa_parse_nullif(char ** s)1301 pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
1302 {
1303 int nullif;
1304
1305 nullif = 0;
1306 if (**s == ',')
1307 {
1308 *s = *s + 1;
1309 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
1310 nullif = 1;
1311 else
1312 {
1313 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
1314 nullif = 0;
1315 }
1316 *s = *s + 1;
1317 }
1318
1319 return nullif;
1320 }
1321
1322 const char *
md_atof(int type,char * litP,int * sizeP)1323 md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
1324 {
1325 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, true);
1326 }
1327
1328 /* Write out big-endian. */
1329
1330 void
md_number_to_chars(char * buf,valueT val,int n)1331 md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
1332 {
1333 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
1334 }
1335
1336 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
1337 format. */
1338
1339 arelent **
tc_gen_reloc(asection * section,fixS * fixp)1340 tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
1341 {
1342 arelent *reloc;
1343 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
1344 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
1345 arelent **relocs;
1346 reloc_type **codes;
1347 reloc_type code;
1348 int n_relocs;
1349 int i;
1350
1351 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
1352 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
1353 return &no_relocs;
1354
1355 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
1356 gas_assert (section != 0);
1357
1358 reloc = XNEW (arelent);
1359
1360 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1361 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1362
1363 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
1364 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */
1365 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
1366 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
1367 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */
1368 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_COMPLEX
1369 && fixp->fx_pcrel)
1370 {
1371 fixp->fx_r_type = (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1372 fixp->fx_offset += 8;
1373 }
1374
1375 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
1376 (int) fixp->fx_r_type,
1377 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
1378 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
1379 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
1380 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
1381
1382 if (codes == NULL)
1383 {
1384 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
1385 abort ();
1386 }
1387
1388 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
1389 ;
1390
1391 relocs = XNEWVEC (arelent *, n_relocs + 1);
1392 reloc = XNEWVEC (arelent, n_relocs);
1393 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1394 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
1395
1396 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
1397
1398 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1399 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
1400 {
1401 default:
1402 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
1403
1404 code = *codes[0];
1405
1406 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
1407 switch (code)
1408 {
1409 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
1410 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
1411 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
1412 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
1413 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
1414 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
1415 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1416 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1417 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
1418 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
1419
1420 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1421 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1422 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1423 reloc->addend = 0;
1424 break;
1425
1426 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
1427 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
1428 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
1429 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
1430 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
1431 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
1432 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
1433 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
1434 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
1435 fixp->fx_offset);
1436 break;
1437 #endif
1438
1439 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
1440 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
1441 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
1442 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1443 /* Fallthru */
1444
1445 default:
1446 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1447 break;
1448 }
1449
1450 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1451 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1452 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1453 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1454 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1455
1456 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
1457 break;
1458 }
1459 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
1460
1461 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
1462 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1463 {
1464 code = *codes[i];
1465
1466 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1467 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1468 relocs[i]->howto =
1469 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1470 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1471 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1472
1473 switch (code)
1474 {
1475 case R_COMP2:
1476 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
1477 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
1478 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
1479 gas_assert (i == 1);
1480 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
1481 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1482 relocs[0]->howto
1483 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1484 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
1485 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1486 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
1487 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1488 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1489 relocs[1]->howto
1490 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1491 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
1492 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1493 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
1494 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1495 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
1496 relocs[2]->howto
1497 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1498 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
1499 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1500 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
1501 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
1502 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1503 relocs[3]->howto
1504 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1505 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
1506 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1507 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
1508 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
1509 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1510 relocs[4]->howto
1511 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1512 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
1513 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1514 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
1515 goto done;
1516 case R_PCREL_CALL:
1517 case R_ABS_CALL:
1518 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
1519 break;
1520
1521 case R_DLT_REL:
1522 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
1523 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
1524 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1525 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1526 (static link required).
1527
1528 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
1529
1530 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1531 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1532 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1533 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1534 break;
1535
1536 case R_N_MODE:
1537 case R_S_MODE:
1538 case R_D_MODE:
1539 case R_R_MODE:
1540 case R_FSEL:
1541 case R_LSEL:
1542 case R_RSEL:
1543 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
1544 case R_END_BRTAB:
1545 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
1546 case R_N0SEL:
1547 case R_N1SEL:
1548 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
1549 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1550 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1551 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1552 break;
1553
1554 case R_END_TRY:
1555 case R_ENTRY:
1556 case R_EXIT:
1557 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
1558 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1559 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1560 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1561 break;
1562
1563 default:
1564 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1565 }
1566 }
1567
1568 done:
1569 #endif
1570
1571 return relocs;
1572 }
1573
1574 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
1575
1576 void
md_convert_frag(bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,asection * sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,fragS * fragP)1577 md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1578 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1579 fragS *fragP)
1580 {
1581 unsigned int address;
1582
1583 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
1584 {
1585 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
1586 {
1587 case 0:
1588 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
1589 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
1590 know (fragP->fr_next);
1591 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
1592 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
1593 {
1594 fragP->fr_offset =
1595 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
1596 - fragP->fr_address
1597 - fragP->fr_fix;
1598 }
1599 else
1600 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
1601 break;
1602 }
1603 }
1604 }
1605
1606 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
1607
1608 valueT
md_section_align(asection * segment,valueT size)1609 md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
1610 {
1611 int align = bfd_section_alignment (segment);
1612 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
1613
1614 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
1615 }
1616
1617 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
1618
1619 int
md_estimate_size_before_relax(fragS * fragP,asection * segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1620 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1621 {
1622 int size;
1623
1624 size = 0;
1625
1626 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
1627 size++;
1628
1629 return size;
1630 }
1631
1632 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1633 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1634 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
1635 # else
1636 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
1637 # endif
1638 #else
1639 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1640 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
1641 # else
1642 const char *md_shortopts = "";
1643 # endif
1644 #endif
1645
1646 struct option md_longopts[] =
1647 {
1648 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1649 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
1650 #endif
1651 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
1652 };
1653 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
1654
1655 int
md_parse_option(int c,const char * arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1656 md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1657 {
1658 switch (c)
1659 {
1660 default:
1661 return 0;
1662
1663 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1664 case 'V':
1665 print_version_id ();
1666 break;
1667 #endif
1668 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1669 case 'c':
1670 warn_comment = 1;
1671 break;
1672 #endif
1673 }
1674
1675 return 1;
1676 }
1677
1678 void
md_show_usage(FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1679 md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1680 {
1681 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1682 fprintf (stream, _("\
1683 -Q ignored\n"));
1684 #endif
1685 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1686 fprintf (stream, _("\
1687 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
1688 #endif
1689 }
1690
1691 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
1692
1693 symbolS *
md_undefined_symbol(char * name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1694 md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1695 {
1696 return NULL;
1697 }
1698
1699 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
1700 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
1701 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
1702 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
1703 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
1704 #else
1705 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
1706 #endif
1707
1708 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
1709
1710 void
md_apply_fix(fixS * fixP,valueT * valP,segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1711 md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1712 {
1713 char *fixpos;
1714 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
1715 offsetT new_val;
1716 int insn, val, fmt;
1717
1718 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
1719 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
1720 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
1721 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1722 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
1723 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
1724 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
1725 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
1726 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
1727 return;
1728
1729 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
1730 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
1731 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
1732 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
1733 {
1734 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
1735 return;
1736 }
1737 #endif
1738 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1739 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
1740 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
1741 return;
1742 #endif
1743
1744 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
1745 fixP->fx_done = 1;
1746
1747 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
1748 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
1749 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
1750 {
1751 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1752 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
1753 fixP->fx_r_type);
1754 return;
1755 }
1756
1757 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
1758
1759 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
1760 {
1761 /* Handle constant output. */
1762 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
1763 return;
1764 }
1765
1766 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
1767 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
1768
1769 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
1770 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
1771 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
1772 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
1773 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
1774 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
1775 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1776 && fmt != 32
1777 #endif
1778 )
1779 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1780 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1781 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
1782 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
1783 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
1784 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
1785 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
1786 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
1787 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
1788 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1789 #endif
1790 else
1791 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1792
1793 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
1794 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
1795 && fixP->fx_addsy
1796 && fixP->fx_pcrel
1797 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
1798 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
1799 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1800 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
1801 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
1802 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1803 #endif
1804 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1805 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
1806 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1807 #endif
1808 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
1809 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
1810 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
1811 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
1812 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
1813 {
1814 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1815 }
1816
1817 switch (fmt)
1818 {
1819 case 10:
1820 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1821 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1822 val = new_val;
1823
1824 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
1825 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1826 break;
1827 case -11:
1828 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1829 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1830 val = new_val;
1831
1832 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
1833 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1834 break;
1835 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
1836 case 14:
1837 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1838 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1839 val = new_val;
1840
1841 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
1842 break;
1843
1844 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
1845 case 21:
1846 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
1847 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1848 val = new_val;
1849
1850 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
1851 break;
1852
1853 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
1854 case 11:
1855 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
1856 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1857 val = new_val;
1858
1859 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
1860 break;
1861
1862 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
1863 case 12:
1864 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
1865 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1866 val = new_val - 8;
1867
1868 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
1869 break;
1870
1871 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
1872 case 17:
1873 {
1874 offsetT distance = * valP;
1875
1876 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1877 range target, then we want to complain. */
1878 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1879 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1880 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
1881 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1882
1883 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
1884 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1885 val = new_val - 8;
1886
1887 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
1888 break;
1889 }
1890
1891 case 22:
1892 {
1893 offsetT distance = * valP;
1894
1895 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1896 range target, then we want to complain. */
1897 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1898 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1899 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1900 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1901
1902 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1903 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1904 val = new_val - 8;
1905
1906 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
1907 break;
1908 }
1909
1910 case -10:
1911 val = new_val;
1912 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
1913 break;
1914
1915 case -16:
1916 val = new_val;
1917 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
1918 break;
1919
1920 case 16:
1921 val = new_val;
1922 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
1923 break;
1924
1925 case 32:
1926 insn = new_val;
1927 break;
1928
1929 default:
1930 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1931 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
1932 return;
1933 }
1934
1935 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1936 switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
1937 {
1938 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
1939 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
1940 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
1941 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
1942 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
1943 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
1944 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
1945 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
1946 if (fixP->fx_addsy)
1947 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
1948 break;
1949 default:
1950 break;
1951 }
1952 #endif
1953
1954 /* Insert the relocation. */
1955 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
1956 }
1957
1958 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
1959 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
1960
1961 long
md_pcrel_from(fixS * fixP)1962 md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
1963 {
1964 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
1965 }
1966
1967 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
1968 a statement. */
1969
1970 static int
is_end_of_statement(void)1971 is_end_of_statement (void)
1972 {
1973 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
1974 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
1975 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
1976 }
1977
1978 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
1979
1980 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
1981 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
1982
1983 static int
reg_name_search(char * name)1984 reg_name_search (char *name)
1985 {
1986 int middle, low, high;
1987 int cmp;
1988
1989 low = 0;
1990 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
1991
1992 do
1993 {
1994 middle = (low + high) / 2;
1995 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
1996 if (cmp < 0)
1997 high = middle - 1;
1998 else if (cmp > 0)
1999 low = middle + 1;
2000 else
2001 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
2002 }
2003 while (low <= high);
2004
2005 return -1;
2006 }
2007
2008 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
2009 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
2010 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
2011
2012 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
2013 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
2014 returned in `pa_number'.
2015
2016 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
2017 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
2018 not set.
2019
2020 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
2021 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
2022
2023 static int
pa_parse_number(char ** s,int is_float)2024 pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
2025 {
2026 int num;
2027 char *name;
2028 char c;
2029 symbolS *sym;
2030 int status;
2031 char *p = *s;
2032 bool have_prefix;
2033
2034 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
2035 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
2036 p = p + 1;
2037
2038 pa_number = -1;
2039 have_prefix = 0;
2040 num = 0;
2041 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
2042 {
2043 /* Looks like a number. */
2044
2045 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
2046 {
2047 /* The number is specified in hex. */
2048 p += 2;
2049 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
2050 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
2051 {
2052 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
2053 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
2054 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
2055 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
2056 else
2057 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
2058 ++p;
2059 }
2060 }
2061 else
2062 {
2063 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
2064 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
2065 {
2066 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
2067 ++p;
2068 }
2069 }
2070
2071 pa_number = num;
2072
2073 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
2074 if (is_float)
2075 {
2076 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
2077 if (! (is_float & 2))
2078 {
2079 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
2080 {
2081 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
2082 ++p;
2083 }
2084 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
2085 {
2086 ++p;
2087 }
2088 }
2089 }
2090 }
2091 else if (*p == '%')
2092 {
2093 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
2094 have_prefix = 1;
2095 name = p;
2096 p++;
2097 c = *p;
2098 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
2099 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
2100 slow. */
2101 if (c == 'r')
2102 {
2103 p++;
2104 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
2105 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
2106 {
2107 p += 2;
2108 num = *p - '0' + 28;
2109 p++;
2110 }
2111 else if (*p == 'p')
2112 {
2113 num = 2;
2114 p++;
2115 }
2116 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
2117 {
2118 if (print_errors)
2119 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2120 num = -1;
2121 }
2122 else
2123 {
2124 do
2125 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
2126 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
2127 }
2128 }
2129 else
2130 {
2131 /* Do a normal register search. */
2132 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2133 {
2134 p = p + 1;
2135 c = *p;
2136 }
2137 *p = 0;
2138 status = reg_name_search (name);
2139 if (status >= 0)
2140 num = status;
2141 else
2142 {
2143 if (print_errors)
2144 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2145 num = -1;
2146 }
2147 *p = c;
2148 }
2149
2150 pa_number = num;
2151 }
2152 else
2153 {
2154 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
2155 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
2156 name = p;
2157 c = *p;
2158 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2159 {
2160 p = p + 1;
2161 c = *p;
2162 }
2163 *p = 0;
2164 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
2165 {
2166 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
2167 {
2168 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2169 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
2170 register, so... */
2171 have_prefix = true;
2172 }
2173 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
2174 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2175 else if (!strict)
2176 {
2177 if (print_errors)
2178 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
2179 num = -1;
2180 }
2181 }
2182 else if (!strict)
2183 {
2184 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
2185 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
2186 will return zero. That's a concession made for
2187 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
2188 if (*name == 0)
2189 num = 0;
2190 else
2191 {
2192 if (print_errors)
2193 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
2194 num = -1;
2195 }
2196 }
2197 *p = c;
2198
2199 pa_number = num;
2200 }
2201
2202 if (!strict || have_prefix)
2203 {
2204 *s = p;
2205 return 1;
2206 }
2207 return 0;
2208 }
2209
2210 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
2211 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
2212
2213 static int
need_pa11_opcode(void)2214 need_pa11_opcode (void)
2215 {
2216 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
2217 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
2218 {
2219 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
2220 then set a new architecture. */
2221 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
2222 {
2223 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
2224 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
2225 }
2226 return true;
2227 }
2228 else
2229 return false;
2230 }
2231
2232 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
2233 code associated with the condition. */
2234
2235 static int
pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond(char ** s)2236 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
2237 {
2238 int cond, i;
2239
2240 cond = 0;
2241
2242 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
2243 {
2244 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
2245 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
2246 {
2247 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
2248 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2249 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
2250 report an error. */
2251 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2252 {
2253 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2254 break;
2255 }
2256 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
2257 *s = *s + 1;
2258 return cond;
2259 }
2260 }
2261
2262 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
2263
2264 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
2265 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2266 *s += 1;
2267
2268 return 0;
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
2272
2273 static int
pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer(char ** s)2274 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
2275 {
2276 int value;
2277
2278 value = 0;
2279 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
2280 {
2281 value = 5;
2282 *s += 4;
2283 }
2284 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
2285 {
2286 value = 9;
2287 *s += 4;
2288 }
2289 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
2290 {
2291 value = 13;
2292 *s += 4;
2293 }
2294 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
2295 {
2296 value = 17;
2297 *s += 4;
2298 }
2299 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
2300 {
2301 value = 1;
2302 *s += 3;
2303 }
2304 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
2305 {
2306 value = 6;
2307 *s += 4;
2308 }
2309 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
2310 {
2311 value = 2;
2312 *s += 3;
2313 }
2314 else
2315 {
2316 value = 0;
2317 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
2318 }
2319
2320 return value;
2321 }
2322
2323 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2324 type. */
2325
2326 static fp_operand_format
pa_parse_fp_cnv_format(char ** s)2327 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
2328 {
2329 int format;
2330
2331 format = SGL;
2332 if (**s == ',')
2333 {
2334 *s += 1;
2335 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2336 {
2337 format = SGL;
2338 *s += 4;
2339 }
2340 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2341 {
2342 format = DBL;
2343 *s += 4;
2344 }
2345 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2346 {
2347 format = QUAD;
2348 *s += 5;
2349 }
2350 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
2351 {
2352 format = W;
2353 *s += 2;
2354 }
2355 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
2356 {
2357 format = UW;
2358 *s += 3;
2359 }
2360 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
2361 {
2362 format = DW;
2363 *s += 3;
2364 }
2365 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
2366 {
2367 format = UDW;
2368 *s += 4;
2369 }
2370 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
2371 {
2372 format = QW;
2373 *s += 3;
2374 }
2375 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
2376 {
2377 format = UQW;
2378 *s += 4;
2379 }
2380 else
2381 {
2382 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2383 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2384 }
2385 }
2386
2387 return format;
2388 }
2389
2390 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2391 type. */
2392
2393 static fp_operand_format
pa_parse_fp_format(char ** s)2394 pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
2395 {
2396 int format;
2397
2398 format = SGL;
2399 if (**s == ',')
2400 {
2401 *s += 1;
2402 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2403 {
2404 format = SGL;
2405 *s += 4;
2406 }
2407 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2408 {
2409 format = DBL;
2410 *s += 4;
2411 }
2412 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2413 {
2414 format = QUAD;
2415 *s += 5;
2416 }
2417 else
2418 {
2419 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2420 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2421 }
2422 }
2423
2424 return format;
2425 }
2426
2427 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
2428
2429 static int
pa_chk_field_selector(char ** str)2430 pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
2431 {
2432 int middle, low, high;
2433 int cmp;
2434 char name[4];
2435 char *s = *str;
2436
2437 /* Read past any whitespace. */
2438 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
2439 s++;
2440 *str = s;
2441
2442 if (is_end_of_line [(unsigned char) s[0]])
2443 return e_fsel;
2444 else if (s[1] == '\'' || s[1] == '%')
2445 {
2446 name[0] = TOLOWER (s[0]);
2447 name[1] = 0;
2448 }
2449 else if (is_end_of_line [(unsigned char) s[1]])
2450 return e_fsel;
2451 else if (s[2] == '\'' || s[2] == '%')
2452 {
2453 name[0] = TOLOWER (s[0]);
2454 name[1] = TOLOWER (s[1]);
2455 name[2] = 0;
2456 }
2457 else if (is_end_of_line [(unsigned char) s[2]])
2458 return e_fsel;
2459 else if (s[3] == '\'' || s[3] == '%')
2460 {
2461 name[0] = TOLOWER (s[0]);
2462 name[1] = TOLOWER (s[1]);
2463 name[2] = TOLOWER (s[2]);
2464 name[3] = 0;
2465 }
2466 else
2467 return e_fsel;
2468
2469 low = 0;
2470 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
2471
2472 do
2473 {
2474 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2475 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
2476 if (cmp < 0)
2477 high = middle - 1;
2478 else if (cmp > 0)
2479 low = middle + 1;
2480 else
2481 {
2482 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
2483 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
2484 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
2485 return e_fsel;
2486 #endif
2487 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
2488 }
2489 }
2490 while (low <= high);
2491
2492 return e_fsel;
2493 }
2494
2495 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
2496 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
2497
2498 int
parse_cons_expression_hppa(expressionS * exp)2499 parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
2500 {
2501 int hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
2502 expression (exp);
2503 return hppa_field_selector;
2504 }
2505
2506 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
2507 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
2508 static int
evaluate_absolute(struct pa_it * insn)2509 evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
2510 {
2511 offsetT value;
2512 expressionS exp;
2513 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
2514
2515 exp = insn->exp;
2516 value = exp.X_add_number;
2517
2518 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
2519 }
2520
2521 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
2522
2523 static int
pa_get_absolute_expression(struct pa_it * insn,char ** strp)2524 pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2525 {
2526 char *save_in;
2527
2528 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
2529 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2530 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2531 expression (&insn->exp);
2532 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2533 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2534 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
2535 {
2536 /* We have a non-match in strict mode. */
2537 if (!strict)
2538 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
2539 return 0;
2540 }
2541 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2542 }
2543
2544 /* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the
2545 first whitespace character. */
2546
2547 static int
pa_get_number(struct pa_it * insn,char ** strp)2548 pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2549 {
2550 char *save_in;
2551 char *s, c;
2552 int result;
2553
2554 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2555 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2556
2557 /* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
2558 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
2559 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the
2560 coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling
2561 pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered
2562 in the symbol table.
2563
2564 So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string
2565 at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally
2566 contain no whitespace. */
2567
2568 s = *strp;
2569 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2570 s++;
2571
2572 c = *s;
2573 *s = 0;
2574
2575 result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
2576
2577 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2578 *s = c;
2579 return result;
2580 }
2581
2582 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
2583 argument location number. */
2584
2585 static unsigned int
pa_build_arg_reloc(char * type_name)2586 pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
2587 {
2588
2589 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
2590 return 0;
2591 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
2592 return 1;
2593 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
2594 return 2;
2595 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
2596 return 3;
2597 else
2598 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
2599
2600 return 0;
2601 }
2602
2603 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
2604 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
2605
2606 static unsigned int
pa_align_arg_reloc(unsigned int reg,unsigned int arg_reloc)2607 pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
2608 {
2609 unsigned int new_reloc;
2610
2611 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
2612 switch (reg)
2613 {
2614 case 0:
2615 new_reloc <<= 8;
2616 break;
2617 case 1:
2618 new_reloc <<= 6;
2619 break;
2620 case 2:
2621 new_reloc <<= 4;
2622 break;
2623 case 3:
2624 new_reloc <<= 2;
2625 break;
2626 default:
2627 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
2628 }
2629
2630 return new_reloc;
2631 }
2632
2633 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2634 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2635
2636 static int
pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr(char ** s)2637 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2638 {
2639 int cmpltr;
2640 char *name = *s + 1;
2641 char c;
2642 char *save_s = *s;
2643 int nullify = 0;
2644
2645 cmpltr = 0;
2646 if (**s == ',')
2647 {
2648 *s += 1;
2649 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2650 *s += 1;
2651 c = **s;
2652 **s = 0x00;
2653
2654 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2655 {
2656 cmpltr = 1;
2657 }
2658 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2659 {
2660 cmpltr = 2;
2661 }
2662 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2663 {
2664 cmpltr = 3;
2665 }
2666 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2667 {
2668 cmpltr = 4;
2669 }
2670 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2671 {
2672 cmpltr = 5;
2673 }
2674 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2675 {
2676 cmpltr = 6;
2677 }
2678 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2679 {
2680 cmpltr = 7;
2681 }
2682 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2683 completer. */
2684 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2685 {
2686 cmpltr = 0;
2687 nullify = 1;
2688 }
2689 else
2690 {
2691 cmpltr = -1;
2692 }
2693 **s = c;
2694 }
2695
2696 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2697 if (nullify)
2698 *s = save_s;
2699
2700 return cmpltr;
2701 }
2702
2703 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2704 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2705
2706 static int
pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr(char ** s)2707 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2708 {
2709 int cmpltr;
2710 char *name = *s + 1;
2711 char c;
2712 char *save_s = *s;
2713 int nullify = 0;
2714
2715 cmpltr = 0;
2716 if (**s == ',')
2717 {
2718 *s += 1;
2719 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2720 *s += 1;
2721 c = **s;
2722 **s = 0x00;
2723
2724 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2725 {
2726 cmpltr = 0;
2727 }
2728 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2729 {
2730 cmpltr = 1;
2731 }
2732 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2733 {
2734 cmpltr = 2;
2735 }
2736 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2737 {
2738 cmpltr = 3;
2739 }
2740 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2741 {
2742 cmpltr = 4;
2743 }
2744 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2745 {
2746 cmpltr = 5;
2747 }
2748 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2749 {
2750 cmpltr = 6;
2751 }
2752 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2753 {
2754 cmpltr = 7;
2755 }
2756 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2757 completer. */
2758 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2759 {
2760 cmpltr = 0;
2761 nullify = 1;
2762 }
2763 else
2764 {
2765 cmpltr = -1;
2766 }
2767 **s = c;
2768 }
2769
2770 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2771 if (nullify)
2772 *s = save_s;
2773
2774 return cmpltr;
2775 }
2776
2777 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
2778 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
2779
2780 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
2781 returned as 8-15. */
2782
2783 static int
pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr(char ** s)2784 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2785 {
2786 int cmpltr;
2787 char *name = *s + 1;
2788 char c;
2789
2790 cmpltr = -1;
2791 if (**s == ',')
2792 {
2793 *s += 1;
2794 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2795 *s += 1;
2796 c = **s;
2797 **s = 0x00;
2798
2799 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
2800 {
2801 cmpltr = 0;
2802 }
2803 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2804 {
2805 cmpltr = 1;
2806 }
2807 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2808 {
2809 cmpltr = 2;
2810 }
2811 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2812 {
2813 cmpltr = 3;
2814 }
2815 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2816 {
2817 cmpltr = 4;
2818 }
2819 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
2820 {
2821 cmpltr = 5;
2822 }
2823 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
2824 {
2825 cmpltr = 6;
2826 }
2827 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
2828 {
2829 cmpltr = 7;
2830 }
2831 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
2832 {
2833 cmpltr = 8;
2834 }
2835 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2836 {
2837 cmpltr = 9;
2838 }
2839 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2840 {
2841 cmpltr = 10;
2842 }
2843 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2844 {
2845 cmpltr = 11;
2846 }
2847 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2848 {
2849 cmpltr = 12;
2850 }
2851 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
2852 {
2853 cmpltr = 13;
2854 }
2855 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
2856 {
2857 cmpltr = 14;
2858 }
2859 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
2860 {
2861 cmpltr = 15;
2862 }
2863 else
2864 {
2865 cmpltr = -1;
2866 }
2867 **s = c;
2868 }
2869
2870 return cmpltr;
2871 }
2872
2873 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
2874 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2875
2876 static int
pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr(char ** s)2877 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2878 {
2879 int cmpltr;
2880 char *name = *s + 1;
2881 char c;
2882
2883 cmpltr = -1;
2884 if (**s == ',')
2885 {
2886 *s += 1;
2887 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2888 *s += 1;
2889 c = **s;
2890 **s = 0x00;
2891
2892 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2893 {
2894 cmpltr = 0;
2895 }
2896 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2897 {
2898 cmpltr = 1;
2899 }
2900 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2901 {
2902 cmpltr = 2;
2903 }
2904 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2905 {
2906 cmpltr = 3;
2907 }
2908 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2909 {
2910 cmpltr = 4;
2911 }
2912 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2913 {
2914 cmpltr = 5;
2915 }
2916 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2917 {
2918 cmpltr = 6;
2919 }
2920 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2921 {
2922 cmpltr = 7;
2923 }
2924 else
2925 {
2926 cmpltr = -1;
2927 }
2928 **s = c;
2929 }
2930
2931 return cmpltr;
2932 }
2933
2934 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
2935 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2936
2937 static int
pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr(char ** s)2938 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2939 {
2940 int cmpltr;
2941 char *name = *s + 1;
2942 char c;
2943 char *save_s = *s;
2944 int nullify = 0;
2945
2946 cmpltr = 0;
2947 if (**s == ',')
2948 {
2949 *s += 1;
2950 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2951 *s += 1;
2952 c = **s;
2953 **s = 0x00;
2954 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2955 {
2956 cmpltr = 1;
2957 }
2958 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2959 {
2960 cmpltr = 2;
2961 }
2962 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2963 {
2964 cmpltr = 3;
2965 }
2966 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2967 {
2968 cmpltr = 4;
2969 }
2970 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2971 {
2972 cmpltr = 5;
2973 }
2974 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2975 {
2976 cmpltr = 6;
2977 }
2978 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2979 {
2980 cmpltr = 7;
2981 }
2982 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2983 completer. */
2984 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2985 {
2986 cmpltr = 0;
2987 nullify = 1;
2988 }
2989 else
2990 {
2991 cmpltr = -1;
2992 }
2993 **s = c;
2994 }
2995
2996 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2997 if (nullify)
2998 *s = save_s;
2999
3000 return cmpltr;
3001 }
3002
3003 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
3004 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3005
3006 static int
pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr(char ** s)3007 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
3008 {
3009 int cmpltr;
3010 char *name = *s + 1;
3011 char c;
3012 char *save_s = *s;
3013 int nullify = 0;
3014
3015 cmpltr = 0;
3016 if (**s == ',')
3017 {
3018 *s += 1;
3019 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3020 *s += 1;
3021 c = **s;
3022 **s = 0x00;
3023 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3024 {
3025 cmpltr = 0;
3026 }
3027 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3028 {
3029 cmpltr = 1;
3030 }
3031 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3032 {
3033 cmpltr = 2;
3034 }
3035 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3036 {
3037 cmpltr = 3;
3038 }
3039 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3040 {
3041 cmpltr = 4;
3042 }
3043 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
3044 {
3045 cmpltr = 5;
3046 }
3047 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
3048 {
3049 cmpltr = 6;
3050 }
3051 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
3052 {
3053 cmpltr = 7;
3054 }
3055 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3056 completer. */
3057 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3058 {
3059 cmpltr = 0;
3060 nullify = 1;
3061 }
3062 else
3063 {
3064 cmpltr = -1;
3065 }
3066 **s = c;
3067 }
3068
3069 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3070 if (nullify)
3071 *s = save_s;
3072
3073 return cmpltr;
3074 }
3075
3076 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
3077 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3078
3079 static int
pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr(char ** s)3080 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
3081 {
3082 int cmpltr;
3083 char *name = *s + 1;
3084 char c;
3085 char *save_s = *s;
3086 int nullify = 0;
3087
3088 cmpltr = 0;
3089 if (**s == ',')
3090 {
3091 *s += 1;
3092 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3093 *s += 1;
3094 c = **s;
3095 **s = 0x00;
3096 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3097 {
3098 cmpltr = 1;
3099 }
3100 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3101 {
3102 cmpltr = 2;
3103 }
3104 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3105 {
3106 cmpltr = 3;
3107 }
3108 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3109 {
3110 cmpltr = 4;
3111 }
3112 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
3113 {
3114 cmpltr = 5;
3115 }
3116 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
3117 {
3118 cmpltr = 6;
3119 }
3120 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
3121 {
3122 cmpltr = 7;
3123 }
3124 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3125 {
3126 cmpltr = 8;
3127 }
3128 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3129 {
3130 cmpltr = 9;
3131 }
3132 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3133 {
3134 cmpltr = 10;
3135 }
3136 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3137 {
3138 cmpltr = 11;
3139 }
3140 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3141 {
3142 cmpltr = 12;
3143 }
3144 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
3145 {
3146 cmpltr = 13;
3147 }
3148 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
3149 {
3150 cmpltr = 14;
3151 }
3152 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
3153 {
3154 cmpltr = 15;
3155 }
3156 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3157 completer. */
3158 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3159 {
3160 cmpltr = 0;
3161 nullify = 1;
3162 }
3163 else
3164 {
3165 cmpltr = -1;
3166 }
3167 **s = c;
3168 }
3169
3170 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3171 if (nullify)
3172 *s = save_s;
3173
3174 return cmpltr;
3175 }
3176
3177 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
3178 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
3179
3180 static void
pa_ip(char * str)3181 pa_ip (char *str)
3182 {
3183 const char *error_message = "";
3184 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
3185 const char *args;
3186 int match = false;
3187 int comma = 0;
3188 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num;
3189 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
3190 unsigned long opcode;
3191 struct pa_opcode *insn;
3192
3193 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
3194 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
3195 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
3196 #endif
3197
3198 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
3199 case. */
3200 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
3201 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
3202
3203 /* Skip to something interesting. */
3204 for (s = str;
3205 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
3206 ++s)
3207 ;
3208
3209 switch (*s)
3210 {
3211
3212 case '\0':
3213 break;
3214
3215 case ',':
3216 comma = 1;
3217
3218 /*FALLTHROUGH */
3219
3220 case ' ':
3221 *s++ = '\0';
3222 break;
3223
3224 default:
3225 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3226 return;
3227 }
3228
3229 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */
3230 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) str_hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
3231 {
3232 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3233 return;
3234 }
3235
3236 if (comma)
3237 *--s = ',';
3238
3239 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
3240 start processing them. */
3241 argstart = s;
3242 for (;;)
3243 {
3244 /* Do some initialization. */
3245 opcode = insn->match;
3246 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
3247 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
3248 need_cond = 1;
3249
3250 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
3251
3252 if (insn->arch >= pa20
3253 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3254 goto failed;
3255
3256 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
3257 sure that the operands match. */
3258 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
3259 {
3260 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
3261 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3262 s++;
3263
3264 switch (*args)
3265 {
3266 /* End of arguments. */
3267 case '\0':
3268 if (*s == '\0')
3269 match = true;
3270 break;
3271
3272 case '+':
3273 if (*s == '+')
3274 {
3275 ++s;
3276 continue;
3277 }
3278 if (*s == '-')
3279 continue;
3280 break;
3281
3282 /* These must match exactly. */
3283 case '(':
3284 case ')':
3285 case ',':
3286 case ' ':
3287 if (*s++ == *args)
3288 continue;
3289 break;
3290
3291 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
3292 case 'b':
3293 case '^':
3294 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3295 break;
3296 num = pa_number;
3297 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3298 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3299
3300 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
3301 is there. */
3302 case '!':
3303 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
3304 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3305 s = s + 1;
3306
3307 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
3308 {
3309 s += 4;
3310 continue;
3311 }
3312 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
3313 {
3314 s += 5;
3315 continue;
3316 }
3317 break;
3318
3319 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
3320 case 'x':
3321 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3322 break;
3323 num = pa_number;
3324 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3325 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3326
3327 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
3328 case 't':
3329 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3330 break;
3331 num = pa_number;
3332 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3333 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3334
3335 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
3336 case 'a':
3337 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3338 break;
3339 num = pa_number;
3340 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3341 opcode |= num << 16;
3342 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3343
3344 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
3345 case 'T':
3346 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3347 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3348 break;
3349 s = expr_end;
3350 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
3351 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
3352 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
3353
3354 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3355 case '5':
3356 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3357 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3358 break;
3359 s = expr_end;
3360 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3361 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3362 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3363 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3364 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3365
3366 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3367 case 'V':
3368 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3369 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3370 break;
3371 s = expr_end;
3372 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3373 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3374 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3375 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3376 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3377
3378 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3379 case 'r':
3380 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3381 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3382 break;
3383 s = expr_end;
3384 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3385 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3386
3387 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3388 case 'R':
3389 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3390 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3391 break;
3392 s = expr_end;
3393 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3394 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3395
3396 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
3397 case 'U':
3398 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3399 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3400 break;
3401 s = expr_end;
3402 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3403 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3404
3405 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
3406 case 's':
3407 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3408 break;
3409 num = pa_number;
3410 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
3411 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
3412
3413 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
3414 case 'S':
3415 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3416 break;
3417 num = pa_number;
3418 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
3419 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3420 continue;
3421
3422 /* Handle all completers. */
3423 case 'c':
3424 switch (*++args)
3425 {
3426
3427 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
3428 case 'X':
3429 case 'x':
3430 {
3431 int uu = 0;
3432 int m = 0;
3433 int i = 0;
3434 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3435 {
3436 s++;
3437 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
3438 {
3439 uu = 1;
3440 m = 1;
3441 s++;
3442 i++;
3443 }
3444 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3445 m = 1;
3446 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
3447 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
3448 uu = 1;
3449 else if (strict)
3450 {
3451 /* This is a match failure. */
3452 s--;
3453 break;
3454 }
3455 else
3456 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
3457 s++;
3458 i++;
3459 }
3460 if (i > 2)
3461 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
3462 opcode |= m << 5;
3463 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
3464 }
3465
3466 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
3467 case 'M':
3468 case 'm':
3469 case 'q':
3470 case 'J':
3471 case 'e':
3472 {
3473 int a = 0;
3474 int m = 0;
3475 if (*s == ',')
3476 {
3477 s++;
3478 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
3479 {
3480 a = 0;
3481 m = 1;
3482 s += 2;
3483 }
3484 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
3485 {
3486 a = 1;
3487 m = 1;
3488 s += 2;
3489 }
3490 else if (strict)
3491 /* This is a match failure. */
3492 s--;
3493 else
3494 {
3495 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
3496 s += 2;
3497 }
3498 }
3499 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
3500 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
3501 else if (*args == 'e')
3502 break;
3503
3504 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
3505 encode the before/after field. */
3506 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
3507 {
3508 opcode |= m << 5;
3509 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3510 }
3511 else if (*args == 'q')
3512 {
3513 opcode |= m << 3;
3514 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3515 }
3516 else if (*args == 'J')
3517 {
3518 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
3519 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3520 }
3521 else
3522 {
3523 gas_assert (*args == 'e');
3524 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
3525 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
3526 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
3527 opcode |= a;
3528 continue;
3529 }
3530 }
3531
3532 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
3533 case 'A':
3534 case 's':
3535 {
3536 int a = 0;
3537 int m = 0;
3538 int i = 0;
3539 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3540 {
3541 s++;
3542 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3543 m = 1;
3544 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
3545 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
3546 a = 0;
3547 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
3548 a = 1;
3549 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
3550 else if (strict)
3551 {
3552 s--;
3553 break;
3554 }
3555 else
3556 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3557 s++;
3558 i++;
3559 }
3560 if (i > 2)
3561 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3562 opcode |= m << 5;
3563 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3564 }
3565
3566 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
3567 case 'c':
3568 cmpltr = 0;
3569 if (startswith (s, ",sl"))
3570 {
3571 s += 3;
3572 cmpltr = 2;
3573 }
3574 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3575
3576 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
3577 case 'C':
3578 cmpltr = 0;
3579 if (startswith (s, ",sl"))
3580 {
3581 s += 3;
3582 cmpltr = 2;
3583 }
3584 else if (startswith (s, ",bc"))
3585 {
3586 s += 3;
3587 cmpltr = 1;
3588 }
3589 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3590
3591 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
3592 case 'd':
3593 cmpltr = 0;
3594 if (startswith (s, ",co"))
3595 {
3596 s += 3;
3597 cmpltr = 1;
3598 }
3599 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3600
3601 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
3602 case 'o':
3603 if (!startswith (s, ",o"))
3604 break;
3605 s += 2;
3606 continue;
3607
3608 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
3609 case 'g':
3610 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
3611 break;
3612 s += 5;
3613 continue;
3614
3615 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
3616 case 'p':
3617 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
3618 break;
3619 s += 7;
3620 continue;
3621
3622 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
3623 case 'l':
3624 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3625 break;
3626 s += 2;
3627 continue;
3628
3629 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
3630 case 'P':
3631 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
3632 break;
3633 s += 4;
3634 continue;
3635
3636 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
3637 case 'L':
3638 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3639 break;
3640 s += 2;
3641 continue;
3642
3643 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
3644 case 'w':
3645 flag = 0;
3646 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
3647 {
3648 flag = 1;
3649 s += 2;
3650 }
3651 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3652 {
3653 flag = 0;
3654 s += 2;
3655 }
3656
3657 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3658
3659 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
3660 case 'W':
3661 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
3662 break;
3663 s += 2;
3664 continue;
3665
3666 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
3667 case 'r':
3668 flag = 0;
3669 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3670 {
3671 flag = 5;
3672 s += 2;
3673 }
3674
3675 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3676
3677 /* Handle a system control completer. */
3678 case 'Z':
3679 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
3680 {
3681 flag = 1;
3682 s += 2;
3683 }
3684 else
3685 flag = 0;
3686
3687 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3688
3689 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
3690 case 'i':
3691 flag = 0;
3692 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
3693 {
3694 flag = 1;
3695 s += 2;
3696 }
3697
3698 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3699
3700 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
3701 case 'z':
3702 flag = 1;
3703 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
3704 {
3705 flag = 0;
3706 s += 2;
3707 }
3708
3709 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3710
3711 /* Handle add completer. */
3712 case 'a':
3713 flag = 1;
3714 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
3715 {
3716 flag = 2;
3717 s += 2;
3718 }
3719 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3720 {
3721 flag = 3;
3722 s += 4;
3723 }
3724
3725 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3726
3727 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
3728 case 'Y':
3729 flag = 0;
3730 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
3731 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
3732 {
3733 flag = 1;
3734 s += 7;
3735 }
3736 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
3737 {
3738 flag = 0;
3739 s += 3;
3740 }
3741 else
3742 break;
3743
3744 /* Condition is not required with "dc". */
3745 need_cond = 0;
3746 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3747
3748 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
3749 case 'y':
3750 flag = 0;
3751 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
3752 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
3753 {
3754 flag = 1;
3755 s += 6;
3756 }
3757 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
3758 {
3759 flag = 0;
3760 s += 2;
3761 }
3762 else
3763 break;
3764
3765 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3766
3767 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
3768 case 'v':
3769 flag = 0;
3770 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3771 {
3772 flag = 1;
3773 s += 4;
3774 }
3775
3776 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3777
3778 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
3779 case 't':
3780 flag = 0;
3781 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
3782 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
3783 {
3784 flag = 1;
3785 s += 7;
3786 }
3787 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3788 {
3789 flag = 0;
3790 s += 3;
3791 }
3792 else
3793 break;
3794
3795 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3796
3797 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
3798 case 'B':
3799 flag = 0;
3800 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
3801 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
3802 {
3803 flag = 1;
3804 s += 7;
3805 }
3806 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
3807 {
3808 flag = 0;
3809 s += 3;
3810 }
3811 else
3812 break;
3813
3814 /* Condition is not required with "db". */
3815 need_cond = 0;
3816 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3817
3818 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
3819 case 'b':
3820 flag = 0;
3821 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
3822 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
3823 {
3824 flag = 1;
3825 s += 6;
3826 }
3827 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
3828 {
3829 flag = 0;
3830 s += 2;
3831 }
3832 else
3833 break;
3834
3835 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3836
3837 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
3838 case 'T':
3839 flag = 0;
3840 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3841 {
3842 flag = 1;
3843 s += 3;
3844 }
3845
3846 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3847
3848 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
3849 case 'S':
3850 {
3851 int sign = 1;
3852 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
3853 {
3854 sign = 1;
3855 s += 2;
3856 }
3857 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
3858 {
3859 sign = 0;
3860 s += 2;
3861 }
3862
3863 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
3864 }
3865
3866 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
3867 case 'h':
3868 if (*s++ == ',')
3869 {
3870 int lr = 0;
3871 if (*s == 'r')
3872 lr = 2;
3873 else if (*s == 'l')
3874 lr = 0;
3875 else
3876 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3877
3878 s++;
3879 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
3880 }
3881 else
3882 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3883 break;
3884
3885 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
3886 case 'H':
3887 {
3888 int sat = 3;
3889 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
3890 {
3891 sat = 1;
3892 s += 3;
3893 }
3894 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
3895 {
3896 sat = 0;
3897 s += 3;
3898 }
3899
3900 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
3901 }
3902
3903 /* Handle permutation completer. */
3904 case '*':
3905 if (*s++ == ',')
3906 {
3907 int permloc[4];
3908 int perm = 0;
3909 int i = 0;
3910 permloc[0] = 13;
3911 permloc[1] = 10;
3912 permloc[2] = 8;
3913 permloc[3] = 6;
3914 for (; i < 4; i++)
3915 {
3916 switch (*s++)
3917 {
3918 case '0':
3919 perm = 0;
3920 break;
3921 case '1':
3922 perm = 1;
3923 break;
3924 case '2':
3925 perm = 2;
3926 break;
3927 case '3':
3928 perm = 3;
3929 break;
3930 default:
3931 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3932 }
3933 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
3934 }
3935 continue;
3936 }
3937 else
3938 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3939 break;
3940
3941 default:
3942 abort ();
3943 }
3944 break;
3945
3946 /* Handle all conditions. */
3947 case '?':
3948 {
3949 args++;
3950 switch (*args)
3951 {
3952 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
3953 case 'f':
3954 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
3955 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
3956
3957 /* Handle an add condition. */
3958 case 'A':
3959 case 'a':
3960 cmpltr = 0;
3961 flag = 0;
3962 if (*s == ',')
3963 {
3964 s++;
3965
3966 /* 64 bit conditions. */
3967 if (*args == 'A')
3968 {
3969 if (*s == '*')
3970 s++;
3971 else
3972 break;
3973 }
3974 else if (*s == '*')
3975 break;
3976
3977 name = s;
3978 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
3979 s += 1;
3980 c = *s;
3981 *s = 0x00;
3982 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3983 cmpltr = 1;
3984 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3985 cmpltr = 2;
3986 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3987 cmpltr = 3;
3988 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3989 cmpltr = 4;
3990 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
3991 cmpltr = 5;
3992 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
3993 cmpltr = 6;
3994 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
3995 cmpltr = 7;
3996 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3997 {
3998 cmpltr = 0;
3999 flag = 1;
4000 }
4001 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4002 {
4003 cmpltr = 1;
4004 flag = 1;
4005 }
4006 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4007 {
4008 cmpltr = 2;
4009 flag = 1;
4010 }
4011 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4012 {
4013 cmpltr = 3;
4014 flag = 1;
4015 }
4016 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
4017 {
4018 cmpltr = 4;
4019 flag = 1;
4020 }
4021 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
4022 {
4023 cmpltr = 5;
4024 flag = 1;
4025 }
4026 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4027 {
4028 cmpltr = 6;
4029 flag = 1;
4030 }
4031 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4032 {
4033 cmpltr = 7;
4034 flag = 1;
4035 }
4036 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4037 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
4038 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
4039 *s = c;
4040 }
4041 /* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with
4042 'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
4043 else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond)
4044 break;
4045
4046 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4047 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4048
4049 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
4050 case 'd':
4051 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4052 if (cmpltr < 0)
4053 {
4054 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4055 cmpltr = 0;
4056 }
4057 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4058
4059 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
4060 case 'W':
4061 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4062 if (cmpltr < 0)
4063 {
4064 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4065 cmpltr = 0;
4066 }
4067 else
4068 {
4069 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4070 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
4071 }
4072 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4073
4074 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
4075 condition. */
4076 case '@':
4077 save_s = s;
4078 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4079 if (cmpltr < 0)
4080 {
4081 s = save_s;
4082 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4083 if (cmpltr < 0)
4084 {
4085 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4086 cmpltr = 0;
4087 }
4088 else
4089 {
4090 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4091 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4092 }
4093 }
4094 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4095
4096 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
4097 case 'B':
4098 case 'b':
4099 cmpltr = 0;
4100 if (*s == ',')
4101 {
4102 s++;
4103
4104 if (*args == 'B')
4105 {
4106 if (*s == '*')
4107 s++;
4108 else
4109 break;
4110 }
4111 else if (*s == '*')
4112 break;
4113
4114 if (startswith (s, "<"))
4115 {
4116 cmpltr = 0;
4117 s++;
4118 }
4119 else if (startswith (s, ">="))
4120 {
4121 cmpltr = 1;
4122 s += 2;
4123 }
4124 else
4125 as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s);
4126 }
4127 else
4128 as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition"));
4129
4130 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
4131
4132 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
4133 case 'S':
4134 case 's':
4135 cmpltr = 0;
4136 flag = 0;
4137 if (*s == ',')
4138 {
4139 s++;
4140
4141 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4142 if (*args == 'S')
4143 {
4144 if (*s == '*')
4145 s++;
4146 else
4147 break;
4148 }
4149 else if (*s == '*')
4150 break;
4151
4152 name = s;
4153 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4154 s += 1;
4155 c = *s;
4156 *s = 0x00;
4157 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4158 cmpltr = 1;
4159 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4160 cmpltr = 2;
4161 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4162 cmpltr = 3;
4163 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
4164 cmpltr = 4;
4165 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
4166 cmpltr = 5;
4167 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4168 cmpltr = 6;
4169 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4170 cmpltr = 7;
4171 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4172 {
4173 cmpltr = 0;
4174 flag = 1;
4175 }
4176 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4177 {
4178 cmpltr = 1;
4179 flag = 1;
4180 }
4181 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4182 {
4183 cmpltr = 2;
4184 flag = 1;
4185 }
4186 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4187 {
4188 cmpltr = 3;
4189 flag = 1;
4190 }
4191 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
4192 {
4193 cmpltr = 4;
4194 flag = 1;
4195 }
4196 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
4197 {
4198 cmpltr = 5;
4199 flag = 1;
4200 }
4201 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4202 {
4203 cmpltr = 6;
4204 flag = 1;
4205 }
4206 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4207 {
4208 cmpltr = 7;
4209 flag = 1;
4210 }
4211 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4212 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
4213 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
4214 name);
4215 *s = c;
4216 }
4217 /* Except with "db", we have a match failure with
4218 'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
4219 else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond)
4220 break;
4221
4222 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4223 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4224
4225 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
4226 case 't':
4227 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4228 if (cmpltr < 0)
4229 {
4230 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4231 cmpltr = 0;
4232 }
4233 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4234
4235 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
4236 case 'n':
4237 save_s = s;
4238 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4239 if (cmpltr < 0)
4240 {
4241 s = save_s;
4242 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4243 if (cmpltr < 0)
4244 {
4245 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
4246 cmpltr = 0;
4247 }
4248 else
4249 {
4250 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4251 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4252 }
4253 }
4254
4255 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4256
4257 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
4258 case 'N':
4259 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4260 if (cmpltr >= 0)
4261 {
4262 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4263 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
4264 }
4265 else
4266 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4267 break;
4268
4269 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4270
4271 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
4272 case 'Q':
4273 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
4274 if (cmpltr < 0)
4275 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4276 break;
4277
4278 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4279
4280 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
4281 case 'L':
4282 case 'l':
4283 cmpltr = 0;
4284 flag = 0;
4285 if (*s == ',')
4286 {
4287 s++;
4288
4289 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4290 if (*args == 'L')
4291 {
4292 if (*s == '*')
4293 s++;
4294 else
4295 break;
4296 }
4297 else if (*s == '*')
4298 break;
4299
4300 name = s;
4301 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4302 s += 1;
4303 c = *s;
4304 *s = 0x00;
4305
4306 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4307 cmpltr = 1;
4308 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4309 cmpltr = 2;
4310 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4311 cmpltr = 3;
4312 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4313 cmpltr = 7;
4314 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4315 {
4316 cmpltr = 0;
4317 flag = 1;
4318 }
4319 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4320 {
4321 cmpltr = 1;
4322 flag = 1;
4323 }
4324 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4325 {
4326 cmpltr = 2;
4327 flag = 1;
4328 }
4329 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4330 {
4331 cmpltr = 3;
4332 flag = 1;
4333 }
4334 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4335 {
4336 cmpltr = 7;
4337 flag = 1;
4338 }
4339 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4340 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
4341 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
4342 *s = c;
4343 }
4344 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
4345 else if (*args == 'L')
4346 break;
4347
4348 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4349 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4350
4351 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
4352 case 'X':
4353 case 'x':
4354 case 'y':
4355 cmpltr = 0;
4356 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
4357 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */
4358 immediate_check = 1;
4359 if (*s == ',')
4360 {
4361 save_s = s++;
4362
4363 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4364 if (*args == 'X')
4365 {
4366 if (*s == '*')
4367 s++;
4368 else
4369 break;
4370 }
4371 else if (*s == '*')
4372 break;
4373
4374 name = s;
4375 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4376 s += 1;
4377 c = *s;
4378 *s = 0x00;
4379 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4380 cmpltr = 1;
4381 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4382 cmpltr = 2;
4383 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4384 cmpltr = 3;
4385 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4386 cmpltr = 4;
4387 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4388 cmpltr = 5;
4389 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4390 cmpltr = 6;
4391 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4392 cmpltr = 7;
4393 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
4394 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
4395 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
4396 {
4397 *s = c;
4398 s = save_s;
4399 continue;
4400 }
4401 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4402 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
4403 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
4404 *s = c;
4405 }
4406
4407 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4408
4409 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
4410 case 'U':
4411 case 'u':
4412 cmpltr = 0;
4413 flag = 0;
4414 if (*s == ',')
4415 {
4416 int uxor;
4417 s++;
4418
4419 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4420 if (*args == 'U')
4421 {
4422 if (*s == '*')
4423 s++;
4424 else
4425 break;
4426 }
4427 else if (*s == '*')
4428 break;
4429
4430 /* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions
4431 not involving carries. */
4432 uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380;
4433 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
4434 {
4435 cmpltr = 2;
4436 s += 3;
4437 }
4438 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
4439 {
4440 cmpltr = 3;
4441 s += 3;
4442 }
4443 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
4444 {
4445 cmpltr = 4;
4446 s += 3;
4447 }
4448 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
4449 {
4450 cmpltr = 6;
4451 s += 3;
4452 }
4453 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
4454 {
4455 cmpltr = 7;
4456 s += 3;
4457 }
4458 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
4459 {
4460 cmpltr = 0;
4461 flag = 1;
4462 s += 2;
4463 }
4464 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
4465 {
4466 cmpltr = 2;
4467 flag = 1;
4468 s += 3;
4469 }
4470 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
4471 {
4472 cmpltr = 3;
4473 flag = 1;
4474 s += 3;
4475 }
4476 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
4477 {
4478 cmpltr = 4;
4479 flag = 1;
4480 s += 3;
4481 }
4482 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
4483 {
4484 cmpltr = 6;
4485 flag = 1;
4486 s += 3;
4487 }
4488 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
4489 {
4490 cmpltr = 7;
4491 flag = 1;
4492 s += 3;
4493 }
4494 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
4495 {
4496 cmpltr = 1;
4497 flag = 0;
4498 s += 3;
4499 }
4500 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
4501 {
4502 cmpltr = 5;
4503 flag = 0;
4504 s += 3;
4505 }
4506 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
4507 {
4508 cmpltr = 1;
4509 flag = 1;
4510 s += 3;
4511 }
4512 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
4513 {
4514 cmpltr = 5;
4515 flag = 1;
4516 s += 3;
4517 }
4518 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4519 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
4520 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
4521 }
4522 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
4523 else if (*args == 'U')
4524 break;
4525
4526 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4527 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4528
4529 default:
4530 abort ();
4531 }
4532 break;
4533 }
4534
4535 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
4536 case 'n':
4537 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4538 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
4539
4540 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
4541 case 'N':
4542 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4543 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
4544
4545 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
4546 case 'L':
4547 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
4548 s += 4;
4549 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
4550 s += 4;
4551 else
4552 break;
4553 continue;
4554
4555 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4556 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4557 case 'h':
4558 get_expression (s);
4559 s = expr_end;
4560 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4561 {
4562 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4563 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4564 num++;
4565 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4566 }
4567 else
4568 break;
4569
4570 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4571 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4572 case 'm':
4573 get_expression (s);
4574 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4575 {
4576 s = expr_end;
4577 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4578 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4579 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
4580 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4581 }
4582 else
4583 break;
4584
4585 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
4586 case '=':
4587 {
4588 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
4589 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4590 }
4591
4592 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
4593 case 'i':
4594 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4595 get_expression (s);
4596 s = expr_end;
4597 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4598 {
4599 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4600 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
4601 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
4602 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4603 }
4604 else
4605 {
4606 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4607 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4608 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4609 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4610 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4611 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4612 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4613 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4614 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4615 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4616 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4617 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4618 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4619 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4620 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4621 #endif
4622 else
4623 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4624 the_insn.format = 11;
4625 continue;
4626 }
4627
4628 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4629 case 'J':
4630 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4631 get_expression (s);
4632 s = expr_end;
4633 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4634 {
4635 int mb;
4636
4637 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
4638 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
4639 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
4640 good to rethink this. */
4641 mb = opcode & 1;
4642 opcode -= mb;
4643 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4644 if (mb != (num < 0))
4645 break;
4646 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4647 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4648 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4649 }
4650 break;
4651
4652 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4653 case 'K':
4654 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4655 get_expression (s);
4656 s = expr_end;
4657 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4658 {
4659 int mb;
4660
4661 mb = opcode & 1;
4662 opcode -= mb;
4663 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4664 if (mb == (num < 0))
4665 break;
4666 if (num % 4)
4667 break;
4668 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4669 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4670 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4671 }
4672 break;
4673
4674 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4675 case '<':
4676 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4677 get_expression (s);
4678 s = expr_end;
4679 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4680 {
4681 int mb;
4682
4683 mb = opcode & 1;
4684 opcode -= mb;
4685 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4686 if (mb != (num < 0))
4687 break;
4688 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4689 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4690 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4691 }
4692 break;
4693
4694 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4695 case '>':
4696 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4697 get_expression (s);
4698 s = expr_end;
4699 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4700 {
4701 int mb;
4702
4703 mb = opcode & 1;
4704 opcode -= mb;
4705 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4706 if (mb == (num < 0))
4707 break;
4708 if (num % 4)
4709 break;
4710 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4711 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4713 }
4714 break;
4715
4716 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
4717 case '#':
4718 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
4719 break;
4720 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4721 get_expression (s);
4722 s = expr_end;
4723 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4724 {
4725 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4726 if (num & 0x7)
4727 break;
4728 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4729 if (num < 0)
4730 opcode |= 1;
4731 num &= 0x1fff;
4732 num >>= 3;
4733 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
4734 }
4735 else
4736 {
4737 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4738 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4739 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4740 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4741 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4742 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4743 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4744 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4745 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4746 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4747 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4748 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4749 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4750 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4751 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4752 #endif
4753 else
4754 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4755 the_insn.format = 14;
4756 continue;
4757 }
4758 break;
4759
4760 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
4761 case 'd':
4762 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4763 get_expression (s);
4764 s = expr_end;
4765 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4766 {
4767 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4768 if (num & 0x3)
4769 break;
4770 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4771 if (num < 0)
4772 opcode |= 1;
4773 num &= 0x1fff;
4774 num >>= 2;
4775 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
4776 }
4777 else
4778 {
4779 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4780 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4781 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4782 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4783 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4784 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4785 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4786 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4787 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4788 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4789 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4790 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4791 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4792 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4793 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4794 #endif
4795 else
4796 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4797 the_insn.format = 14;
4798 continue;
4799 }
4800
4801 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4802 case 'j':
4803 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4804 get_expression (s);
4805 s = expr_end;
4806 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4807 {
4808 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4809 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4810 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4811 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4812 }
4813 else
4814 {
4815 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4816 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4817 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4818 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4819 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4820 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4821 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4822 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4823 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4824 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4825 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4826 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4827 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4828 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4829 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4830 #endif
4831 else
4832 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4833 the_insn.format = 14;
4834 continue;
4835 }
4836
4837 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
4838 case 'k':
4839 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4840 get_expression (s);
4841 s = expr_end;
4842 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4843 {
4844 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4845 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4846 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
4847 continue;
4848 }
4849 else
4850 {
4851 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4852 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4853 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4854 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4855 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4856 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4857 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4858 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4859 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4860 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4861 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4862 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4863 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4864 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4865 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4866 #endif
4867 else
4868 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4869 the_insn.format = 21;
4870 continue;
4871 }
4872
4873 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
4874 case 'l':
4875 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4876 get_expression (s);
4877 s = expr_end;
4878 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4879 {
4880 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4881 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4882 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4883 continue;
4884 }
4885 else
4886 {
4887 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4888 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4889 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4890 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4891 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4892 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4893 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4894 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4895 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4896 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4897 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4898 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4899 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4900 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4901 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4902 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4903 #endif
4904 else
4905 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4906 the_insn.format = 14;
4907 continue;
4908 }
4909
4910 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4911 case 'y':
4912 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4913 get_expression (s);
4914 s = expr_end;
4915 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4916 {
4917 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4918 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4919 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
4920 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4921 continue;
4922 }
4923 else
4924 {
4925 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4926 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4927 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4928 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4929 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4930 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4931 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4932 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4933 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4934 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4935 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4936 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4937 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4938 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4939 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4940 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4941 #endif
4942 else
4943 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4944 the_insn.format = 14;
4945 continue;
4946 }
4947
4948 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4949 case '&':
4950 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4951 get_expression (s);
4952 s = expr_end;
4953 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4954 {
4955 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4956 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4957 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
4958 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4959 continue;
4960 }
4961 else
4962 {
4963 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4964 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4965 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4966 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4967 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4968 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4969 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4970 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4971 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4972 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4973 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4974 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4975 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4976 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4977 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4978 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4979 #endif
4980 else
4981 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4982 the_insn.format = 14;
4983 continue;
4984 }
4985
4986 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
4987 case 'w':
4988 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4989 get_expression (s);
4990 s = expr_end;
4991 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
4992 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
4993 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
4994 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
4995 {
4996 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4997 if (num % 4)
4998 {
4999 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5000 break;
5001 }
5002 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5003 num -= 8;
5004 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
5005 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
5006 continue;
5007 }
5008 else
5009 {
5010 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5011 the_insn.format = 12;
5012 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5013 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5014 s = expr_end;
5015 continue;
5016 }
5017
5018 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
5019 case 'W':
5020 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5021 get_expression (s);
5022 s = expr_end;
5023 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5024 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5025 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5026 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5027 {
5028 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5029 if (num % 4)
5030 {
5031 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5032 break;
5033 }
5034 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5035 num -= 8;
5036 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5037 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5038 continue;
5039 }
5040 else
5041 {
5042 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5043 the_insn.format = 17;
5044 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5045 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5046 continue;
5047 }
5048
5049 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
5050 case 'X':
5051 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5052 get_expression (s);
5053 s = expr_end;
5054 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5055 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5056 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5057 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5058 {
5059 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5060 if (num % 4)
5061 {
5062 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5063 break;
5064 }
5065 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5066 num -= 8;
5067 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
5068 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
5069 }
5070 else
5071 {
5072 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5073 the_insn.format = 22;
5074 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5075 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5076 continue;
5077 }
5078
5079 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
5080 case 'z':
5081 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5082 get_expression (s);
5083 s = expr_end;
5084 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
5085 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5086 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5087 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5088 {
5089 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5090 if (num % 4)
5091 {
5092 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5093 break;
5094 }
5095 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5096 num -= 8;
5097 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5098 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5099 continue;
5100 }
5101 else
5102 {
5103 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
5104 the_insn.format = 17;
5105 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5106 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5107 continue;
5108 }
5109
5110 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
5111 case 'Z':
5112 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
5113 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
5114 {
5115 s += 4;
5116 continue;
5117 }
5118 else
5119 break;
5120
5121 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
5122 case 'Y':
5123 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
5124 break;
5125 s += 9;
5126 continue;
5127
5128 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
5129 case '@':
5130 if (*s != '0')
5131 break;
5132 s++;
5133 continue;
5134
5135 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
5136 case '.':
5137 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5138 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5139 break;
5140 s = expr_end;
5141 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
5142 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5143
5144 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
5145 case '*':
5146 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5147 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5148 break;
5149 s = expr_end;
5150 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
5151 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5152
5153 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
5154 case 'p':
5155 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5156 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5157 break;
5158 s = expr_end;
5159 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5160 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5161 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
5162
5163 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
5164 case '~':
5165 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5166 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5167 break;
5168 s = expr_end;
5169 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5170 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5171 num = 63 - num;
5172 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5173 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5174
5175 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
5176 case '%':
5177 flag = 0;
5178 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5179 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5180 break;
5181 s = expr_end;
5182 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5183 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5184 num--;
5185 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
5186 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5187 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5188
5189 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
5190 case '|':
5191 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5192 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5193 break;
5194 s = expr_end;
5195 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5196 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5197 num--;
5198 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
5199 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5200 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5201
5202 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
5203 case 'P':
5204 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5205 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5206 break;
5207 s = expr_end;
5208 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5209 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5210 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
5211
5212 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
5213 case 'q':
5214 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5215 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5216 break;
5217 s = expr_end;
5218 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5219 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5220 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5221 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5222
5223 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
5224 of the high bit of the immediate. */
5225 case 'B':
5226 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5227 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5228 break;
5229 s = expr_end;
5230 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5231 if (num & 0x20)
5232 opcode &= ~(1 << 13);
5233 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
5234
5235 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
5236 case 'Q':
5237 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5238 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5239 break;
5240 s = expr_end;
5241 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5242 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5243
5244 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
5245 case '$':
5246 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5247 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5248 break;
5249 s = expr_end;
5250 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
5251 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
5252
5253 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
5254 case 'A':
5255 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5256 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5257 break;
5258 s = expr_end;
5259 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
5260 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
5261
5262 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
5263 case 'D':
5264 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5265 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5266 break;
5267 s = expr_end;
5268 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
5269 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5270
5271 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
5272 case 'v':
5273 if (*s++ != ',')
5274 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
5275 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5276 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5277 break;
5278 s = expr_end;
5279 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5280 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5281
5282 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
5283 case 'O':
5284 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5285 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5286 break;
5287 s = expr_end;
5288 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
5289 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
5290 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5291
5292 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
5293 case 'o':
5294 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5295 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5296 break;
5297 s = expr_end;
5298 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5299 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5300
5301 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
5302 case '0':
5303 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5304 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5305 break;
5306 s = expr_end;
5307 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
5308 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
5309 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5310
5311 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
5312 case '1':
5313 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5314 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5315 break;
5316 s = expr_end;
5317 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5318 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
5319 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5320
5321 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
5322 case 'u':
5323 if (*s++ != ',')
5324 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
5325 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5326 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5327 break;
5328 s = expr_end;
5329 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5330 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5331
5332 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
5333 case '2':
5334 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5335 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5336 break;
5337 s = expr_end;
5338 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
5339 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
5340 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5341
5342 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5343 case '{':
5344 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
5345 {
5346 the_insn.trunc = 1;
5347 s += 2;
5348 }
5349 else
5350 the_insn.trunc = 0;
5351 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5352 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5353 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5354 flag = SGL;
5355 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5356 flag = DBL;
5357 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5358 flag = QUAD;
5359 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5360
5361 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5362 case '_':
5363 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5364 s--;
5365 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5366 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5367 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5368 flag = SGL;
5369 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5370 flag = DBL;
5371 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5372 flag = QUAD;
5373 opcode |= flag << 13;
5374 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
5375 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
5376 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
5377 {
5378 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5379 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5380 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5381 flag = 0;
5382 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
5383 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
5384 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
5385 flag = 2;
5386 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
5387 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
5388 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
5389 flag = 6;
5390 else
5391 abort ();
5392 }
5393 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
5394 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
5395 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
5396 {
5397 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5398 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5399 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5400 flag = 1;
5401 else
5402 abort ();
5403 }
5404 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
5405 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
5406 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
5407 {
5408 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5409 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5410 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5411 flag = 5;
5412 else
5413 abort ();
5414 }
5415 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
5416 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
5417
5418 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5419 case 'F':
5420 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5421 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5422 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5423
5424 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5425 case 'G':
5426 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5427 s--;
5428 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5429 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5430 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
5431
5432 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
5433 case 'I':
5434 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5435 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5436 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5437
5438 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
5439 Only allows single and double precision. */
5440 case 'H':
5441 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5442 switch (flag)
5443 {
5444 case SGL:
5445 opcode |= 0x20;
5446 /* Fall through. */
5447 case DBL:
5448 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5449 continue;
5450
5451 case QUAD:
5452 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
5453 default:
5454 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
5455 }
5456 break;
5457
5458 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
5459 case 'f':
5460 switch (*++args)
5461 {
5462 /* Float target register. */
5463 case 't':
5464 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5465 break;
5466 /* RSEL should not be set. */
5467 if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL)
5468 break;
5469 num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE;
5470 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5471 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5472
5473 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
5474 case 'T':
5475 {
5476 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5477 break;
5478 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5479 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5480 opcode |= num;
5481
5482 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
5483 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
5484 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
5485 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
5486 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
5487 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5488
5489 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
5490 continue;
5491 }
5492
5493 /* Float operand 1. */
5494 case 'a':
5495 {
5496 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5497 break;
5498 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5499 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5500 opcode |= num << 21;
5501 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5502 {
5503 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5504 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5505 }
5506 continue;
5507 }
5508
5509 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
5510 case 'X':
5511 case 'A':
5512 {
5513 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5514 break;
5515 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5516 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5517 opcode |= num << 21;
5518 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5519 continue;
5520 }
5521
5522 /* Float operand 2. */
5523 case 'b':
5524 {
5525 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5526 break;
5527 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5528 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5529 opcode |= num << 16;
5530 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5531 {
5532 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5533 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5534 }
5535 continue;
5536 }
5537
5538 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
5539 case 'B':
5540 {
5541 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5542 break;
5543 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5544 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5545 opcode |= num << 16;
5546 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5547 continue;
5548 }
5549
5550 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
5551 case 'C':
5552 {
5553 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5554 break;
5555 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5556 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5557 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
5558 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
5559 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
5560 continue;
5561 }
5562
5563 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5564 case 'i':
5565 {
5566 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5567 break;
5568 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5569 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5570 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5571 {
5572 if (num < 16)
5573 {
5574 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5575 break;
5576 }
5577 num &= 0xF;
5578 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5579 }
5580 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5581 }
5582
5583 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5584 case 'j':
5585 {
5586 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5587 break;
5588 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5589 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5590 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5591 {
5592 if (num < 16)
5593 {
5594 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5595 break;
5596 }
5597 num &= 0xF;
5598 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5599 }
5600 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5601 }
5602
5603 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5604 case 'k':
5605 {
5606 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5607 break;
5608 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5609 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5610 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5611 {
5612 if (num < 16)
5613 {
5614 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5615 break;
5616 }
5617 num &= 0xF;
5618 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5619 }
5620 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5621 }
5622
5623 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5624 case 'l':
5625 {
5626 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5627 break;
5628 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5629 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5630 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5631 {
5632 if (num < 16)
5633 {
5634 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5635 break;
5636 }
5637 num &= 0xF;
5638 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5639 }
5640 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5641 }
5642
5643 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5644 case 'm':
5645 {
5646 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5647 break;
5648 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5649 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5650 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5651 {
5652 if (num < 16)
5653 {
5654 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5655 break;
5656 }
5657 num &= 0xF;
5658 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5659 }
5660 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5661 }
5662
5663 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
5664 case 'E':
5665 case 'e':
5666 {
5667 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5668 break;
5669 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5670 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5671 opcode |= num << 16;
5672 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5673 {
5674 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
5675 }
5676 continue;
5677 }
5678
5679 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
5680 case 'x':
5681 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5682 break;
5683 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5684 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5685 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5686
5687 default:
5688 abort ();
5689 }
5690 break;
5691
5692 default:
5693 abort ();
5694 }
5695 break;
5696 }
5697
5698 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
5699 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
5700 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
5701 if (match
5702 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
5703 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
5704 {
5705 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
5706 match = false;
5707 }
5708
5709 failed:
5710 /* Check if the args matched. */
5711 if (!match)
5712 {
5713 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
5714 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
5715 {
5716 ++insn;
5717 s = argstart;
5718 continue;
5719 }
5720 else
5721 {
5722 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
5723 return;
5724 }
5725 }
5726 break;
5727 }
5728
5729 if (immediate_check)
5730 {
5731 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
5732 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
5733 pos, len);
5734 }
5735
5736 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
5737 }
5738
5739 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
5740
5741 void
md_assemble(char * str)5742 md_assemble (char *str)
5743 {
5744 char *to;
5745
5746 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
5747 gas_assert (str);
5748
5749 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
5750 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
5751 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
5752
5753 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
5754 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
5755 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
5756 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5757 {
5758 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
5759
5760 if (label_symbol)
5761 {
5762 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
5763 {
5764 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
5765 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
5766 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
5767 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5768 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
5769 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
5770 if (within_entry_exit)
5771 {
5772 char *where;
5773 unsigned int u;
5774
5775 where = frag_more (0);
5776 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
5777 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5778 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5779 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
5780 }
5781 #endif
5782 }
5783 else
5784 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
5785 }
5786 else
5787 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
5788 }
5789
5790 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
5791 pa_ip (str);
5792
5793 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
5794 to = frag_more (4);
5795
5796 /* Output the opcode. */
5797 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
5798
5799 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
5800 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
5801 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
5802 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
5803 (int) the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
5804 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
5805
5806 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5807 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
5808 #endif
5809 }
5810
5811 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5812 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5813 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5814 static void
pa_align(int bytes)5815 pa_align (int bytes)
5816 {
5817 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5818 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5819
5820 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5821 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5822
5823 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5824 alignment if necessary. */
5825 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5826 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5827 }
5828 #endif
5829
5830 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5831
5832 static void
pa_block(int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)5833 pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5834 {
5835 unsigned int temp_size;
5836
5837 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5838 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5839 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5840 #endif
5841
5842 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5843
5844 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5845 {
5846 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5847 temp_size = 0;
5848 }
5849 else
5850 {
5851 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5852 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5853 *p = 0;
5854 }
5855
5856 pa_undefine_label ();
5857 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5858 }
5859
5860 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5861
5862 static void
pa_brtab(int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)5863 pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5864 {
5865
5866 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5867 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5868 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5869 char *where = frag_more (0);
5870
5871 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5872 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5873 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5874 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5875 #endif
5876
5877 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5878 }
5879
5880 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5881
5882 static void
pa_try(int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)5883 pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5884 {
5885 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5886 expressionS exp;
5887 char *where = frag_more (0);
5888
5889 if (! begin)
5890 expression (&exp);
5891
5892 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5893 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5894
5895 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5896 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5897 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5898 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5899 #endif
5900
5901 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5902 }
5903
5904 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5905 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5906
5907 static void
pa_call_args(struct call_desc * call_desc)5908 pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
5909 {
5910 char *name, c;
5911 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5912
5913 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5914 {
5915 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
5916 /* Process a source argument. */
5917 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5918 {
5919 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5920 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
5921 input_line_pointer++;
5922 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
5923 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5924 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5925 }
5926 /* Process a return value. */
5927 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5928 {
5929 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
5930 input_line_pointer++;
5931 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
5932 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5933 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5934 }
5935 else
5936 {
5937 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5938 }
5939
5940 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
5941 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5942 input_line_pointer++;
5943 }
5944 }
5945
5946 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5947 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5948 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5949
5950 static void
pa_call(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)5951 pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5952 {
5953 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5954 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5955 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5956 #endif
5957
5958 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5959 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5960 }
5961
5962 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5963 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
5964 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
5965 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
5966 of the unwind spaces. */
5967
5968 static void
pa_build_unwind_subspace(struct call_info * call_info)5969 pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
5970 {
5971 asection *seg, *save_seg;
5972 subsegT save_subseg;
5973 unsigned int unwind;
5974 int reloc;
5975 char *name, *p;
5976 symbolS *symbolP;
5977
5978 if ((bfd_section_flags (now_seg)
5979 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5980 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5981 return;
5982
5983 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5984 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */
5985 return;
5986
5987 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced
5988 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with
5989 multiple definitions, etc. */
5990 name = concat ("L$\001start_", S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol),
5991 (char *) NULL);
5992
5993 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have
5994 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind
5995 entry. */
5996 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
5997 if (symbolP)
5998 {
5999 xfree (name);
6000 return;
6001 }
6002 else
6003 {
6004 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
6005 symbol_get_frag (call_info->start_symbol),
6006 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol));
6007 gas_assert (symbolP);
6008 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6009 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6010 }
6011
6012 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6013 save_seg = now_seg;
6014 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6015 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6016 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6017 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6018 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6019 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6020 {
6021 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6022 bfd_set_section_flags (seg, (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD
6023 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA));
6024 bfd_set_section_alignment (seg, 2);
6025 }
6026
6027 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6028
6029 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6030 descriptor. */
6031 p = frag_more (16);
6032
6033 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6034 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6035 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6036 symbolP, (offsetT) 0,
6037 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6038 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6039
6040 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6041
6042 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6043 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6044 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6045 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6046 finished with its work. */
6047 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6048 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6049 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6050 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6051 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6052
6053 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6054 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6055 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6056
6057 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6058 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6059
6060 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6061 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6062 }
6063 #endif
6064
6065 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6066 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6067 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6068
6069 static void
pa_callinfo(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6070 pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6071 {
6072 char *name, c;
6073 int temp;
6074
6075 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6076 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6077 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6078 #endif
6079
6080 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6081 if (!within_procedure)
6082 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6083
6084 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6085 current procedure. */
6086 callinfo_found = true;
6087
6088 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6089 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6090 {
6091 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6092 /* Frame size specification. */
6093 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6094 {
6095 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6096 input_line_pointer++;
6097 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6098 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6099 {
6100 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6101 temp = 0;
6102 }
6103
6104 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6105 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6106 }
6107 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6108 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6109 {
6110 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6111 input_line_pointer++;
6112 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6113 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6114 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6115 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6116 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6117 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6118 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6119 }
6120 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6121 {
6122 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6123 input_line_pointer++;
6124 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6125 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6126 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6127 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6128 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6129 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6130 }
6131 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6132 {
6133 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6134 input_line_pointer++;
6135 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6136 if (temp != 3)
6137 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6138 }
6139 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6140 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0)
6141 || (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6142 {
6143 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6144 }
6145 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6146 {
6147 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6148 }
6149 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6150 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6151 {
6152 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6153 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6154 }
6155 /* Likewise for SP. */
6156 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6157 {
6158 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6159 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6160 }
6161 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6162 in the unwind descriptor. */
6163 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6164 {
6165 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6166 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6167 }
6168 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6169 unwind descriptor. */
6170 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6171 {
6172 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6173 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6174 }
6175 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6176 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6177 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6178 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6179 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6180 {
6181 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6182 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6183 }
6184 else
6185 {
6186 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6187 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6188 }
6189
6190 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6191 input_line_pointer++;
6192 }
6193
6194 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6195 }
6196
6197 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6198 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6199 label when finished. */
6200
6201 static void
pa_text(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6202 pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6203 {
6204 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6205 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6206 current_subspace
6207 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6208 #endif
6209
6210 s_text (0);
6211 pa_undefine_label ();
6212 }
6213
6214 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6215
6216 static void
pa_data(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6217 pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6218 {
6219 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6220 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6221 current_subspace
6222 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6223 #endif
6224 s_data (0);
6225 pa_undefine_label ();
6226 }
6227
6228 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6229 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
6230
6231 <label> .comm <length>
6232
6233 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6234 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6235 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6236 and subspace.
6237
6238 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6239
6240 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6241 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6242 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6243 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6244 a pain.
6245
6246 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6247
6248 static void
pa_comm(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6249 pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6250 {
6251 unsigned int size;
6252 symbolS *symbol;
6253 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6254
6255 if (label_symbol)
6256 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6257 else
6258 symbol = NULL;
6259
6260 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6261 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6262
6263 if (symbol)
6264 {
6265 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6266 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6267 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
6268 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6269
6270 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6271 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6272 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6273 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6274 }
6275 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6276 }
6277 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6278
6279 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6280
6281 static void
pa_end(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6282 pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6283 {
6284 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6285 }
6286
6287 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6288
6289 static void
pa_enter(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6290 pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6291 {
6292 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6293 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6294 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6295 #endif
6296
6297 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6298 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6299 }
6300
6301 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6302 procedure. */
6303
6304 static void
pa_entry(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6305 pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6306 {
6307 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6308 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6309 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6310 #endif
6311
6312 if (!within_procedure)
6313 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6314 else
6315 {
6316 if (!callinfo_found)
6317 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6318 }
6319 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6320 within_entry_exit = true;
6321
6322 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6323 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6324 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6325 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6326 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6327
6328 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6329 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6330 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6331 denote the entry and exit points. */
6332 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6333 {
6334 char *where;
6335 unsigned int u;
6336
6337 where = frag_more (0);
6338 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6339 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6340 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6341 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6342 }
6343 #endif
6344 }
6345
6346 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6347 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6348 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6349 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6350
6351 int
hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute(expressionS * resultP,operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,expressionS * rightP)6352 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
6353 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6354 expressionS *rightP)
6355 {
6356 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6357 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6358 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6359 {
6360 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6361 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6362 }
6363 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6364 }
6365
6366 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6367
6368 static void
pa_equ(int reg)6369 pa_equ (int reg)
6370 {
6371 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6372 symbolS *symbol;
6373
6374 if (label_symbol)
6375 {
6376 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6377 if (reg)
6378 {
6379 strict = 1;
6380 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6381 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6382 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6383 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6384 }
6385 else
6386 {
6387 expressionS exp;
6388 segT seg;
6389
6390 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6391 seg = expression (&exp);
6392 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6393 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6394 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6395 {
6396 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6397 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6398 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6399 seg = absolute_section;
6400 }
6401 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6402 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6403 }
6404 }
6405 else
6406 {
6407 if (reg)
6408 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6409 else
6410 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6411 }
6412
6413 pa_undefine_label ();
6414 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6415 }
6416
6417 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6418 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
6419 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
6420
6421 static void
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function(void)6422 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
6423 {
6424 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
6425 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
6426 char *name;
6427 symbolS *symbolP;
6428
6429 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6430 {
6431 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
6432 or other problems. */
6433 return;
6434 }
6435
6436 name = concat ("L$\001end_", S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol),
6437 (char *) NULL);
6438
6439 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
6440 symbol will have already been defined. */
6441 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6442 if (symbolP)
6443 {
6444 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
6445 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
6446
6447 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
6448 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
6449 xfree (name);
6450 }
6451 else
6452 {
6453 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
6454 last instruction of the function */
6455 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, frag_now, frag_now_fix () - 4);
6456
6457 gas_assert (symbolP);
6458 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6459 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6460 }
6461
6462 if (symbolP)
6463 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
6464 else
6465 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
6466 }
6467 #endif
6468
6469 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6470 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6471 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6472
6473 static void
process_exit(void)6474 process_exit (void)
6475 {
6476 char *where;
6477
6478 where = frag_more (0);
6479
6480 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6481 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6482 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6483 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6484 (void) where;
6485 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6486 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6487 #else
6488 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6489 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6490 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6491 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6492
6493 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6494 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6495 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6496 denote the entry and exit points. */
6497 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6498 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6499 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6500 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6501 #endif
6502 }
6503
6504 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6505
6506 static void
pa_exit(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6507 pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6508 {
6509 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6510 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6511 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6512 #endif
6513
6514 if (!within_procedure)
6515 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6516 else
6517 {
6518 if (!callinfo_found)
6519 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6520 else
6521 {
6522 if (!within_entry_exit)
6523 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6524 else
6525 {
6526 within_entry_exit = false;
6527 process_exit ();
6528 }
6529 }
6530 }
6531 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6532 }
6533
6534 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6535
6536 static void
pa_type_args(symbolS * symbolP,int is_export)6537 pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
6538 {
6539 char *name, c;
6540 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6541 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6542 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6543
6544 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6545 {
6546 input_line_pointer += 8;
6547 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6548 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6549 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6550 }
6551 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6552 {
6553 input_line_pointer += 4;
6554 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6555 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6556
6557 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6558 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6559 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6560 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6561 {
6562 if (is_export)
6563 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6564 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6565
6566 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6567 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6568 }
6569 else
6570 {
6571 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6572 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6573 }
6574 }
6575 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6576 {
6577 input_line_pointer += 4;
6578 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6579 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6580 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6581 }
6582 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6583 {
6584 input_line_pointer += 5;
6585 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6586 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6587 }
6588 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6589 {
6590 input_line_pointer += 9;
6591 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6592 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6593 {
6594 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6595 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6596 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6597 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6598 }
6599 #endif
6600 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6601 }
6602 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6603 {
6604 input_line_pointer += 6;
6605 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6606 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6607 }
6608 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6609 {
6610 input_line_pointer += 8;
6611 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6612 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6613 }
6614 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6615 {
6616 input_line_pointer += 8;
6617 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6618 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6619 }
6620
6621 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6622 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6623 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6624 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6625 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6626 #else
6627 (void) type;
6628 #endif
6629
6630 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6631 handle any argument relocation information. */
6632 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6633 {
6634 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6635 input_line_pointer++;
6636 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6637 /* Argument sources. */
6638 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6639 {
6640 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6641 input_line_pointer++;
6642 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6643 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6644 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6645 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6646 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6647 #else
6648 (void) arg_reloc;
6649 #endif
6650 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6651 }
6652 /* The return value. */
6653 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6654 {
6655 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6656 input_line_pointer++;
6657 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6658 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6659 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6660 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6661 #else
6662 (void) arg_reloc;
6663 #endif
6664 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6665 }
6666 /* Privilege level. */
6667 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6668 {
6669 char *priv;
6670
6671 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6672 input_line_pointer++;
6673 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6674 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6675 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6676 #endif
6677 c = get_symbol_name (&priv);
6678 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6679 }
6680 else
6681 {
6682 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6683 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6684 }
6685
6686 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6687 input_line_pointer++;
6688 }
6689 }
6690
6691 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6692 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6693 to callers. */
6694
6695 static void
pa_export(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6696 pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6697 {
6698 char *name, c;
6699 symbolS *symbol;
6700
6701 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6702 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6703 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6704 {
6705 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6706 restore_line_pointer (c);
6707 input_line_pointer++;
6708 }
6709 else
6710 {
6711 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6712 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6713 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6714 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6715 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6716 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6717 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6718 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6719 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6720 {
6721 input_line_pointer++;
6722 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6723 }
6724 }
6725
6726 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6727 }
6728
6729 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6730 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6731 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6732
6733 static void
pa_import(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6734 pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6735 {
6736 char *name, c;
6737 symbolS *symbol;
6738
6739 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6740
6741 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6742 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6743 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6744 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6745 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6746 {
6747 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6748 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6749
6750 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6751 {
6752 input_line_pointer++;
6753 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6754 }
6755 else
6756 {
6757 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6758 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6759 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6760 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6761 if (now_seg == text_section)
6762 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6763
6764 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6765 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6766 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6767 }
6768 }
6769 else
6770 {
6771 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6772 the end of the current statement. */
6773 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6774 input_line_pointer++;
6775 }
6776
6777 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6778 }
6779
6780 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6781
6782 static void
pa_label(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6783 pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6784 {
6785 char *name, c;
6786
6787 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6788
6789 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6790 {
6791 colon (name);
6792 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6793 }
6794 else
6795 {
6796 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6797 }
6798
6799 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6800 {
6801 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6802 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6803 }
6804 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6805 }
6806
6807 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6808
6809 static void
pa_leave(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6810 pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6811 {
6812 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6813 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6814 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6815 #endif
6816
6817 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6818 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6819 }
6820
6821 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6822
6823 static void
pa_level(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6824 pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6825 {
6826 char *level;
6827
6828 level = input_line_pointer;
6829 if (startswith (level, "1.0"))
6830 {
6831 input_line_pointer += 3;
6832 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6833 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6834 }
6835 else if (startswith (level, "1.1"))
6836 {
6837 input_line_pointer += 3;
6838 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6839 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6840 }
6841 else if (startswith (level, "2.0w"))
6842 {
6843 input_line_pointer += 4;
6844 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6845 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6846 }
6847 else if (startswith (level, "2.0"))
6848 {
6849 input_line_pointer += 3;
6850 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6851 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6852 }
6853 else
6854 {
6855 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6856 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6857 }
6858 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6859 }
6860
6861 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6862
6863 static void
pa_origin(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6864 pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6865 {
6866 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6867 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6868 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6869 #endif
6870
6871 s_org (0);
6872 pa_undefine_label ();
6873 }
6874
6875 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6876 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6877
6878 static void
pa_param(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6879 pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6880 {
6881 char *name, c;
6882 symbolS *symbol;
6883
6884 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6885
6886 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6887 {
6888 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6889 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6890 input_line_pointer++;
6891 }
6892 else
6893 {
6894 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6895 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6896 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6897 {
6898 input_line_pointer++;
6899 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6900 }
6901 }
6902
6903 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6904 }
6905
6906 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6907 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6908
6909 static void
pa_proc(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6910 pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6911 {
6912 struct call_info *call_info;
6913
6914 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6915 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6916 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6917 #endif
6918
6919 if (within_procedure)
6920 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6921
6922 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6923 callinfo_found = false;
6924 within_procedure = true;
6925
6926 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6927 call_info = XNEW (struct call_info);
6928
6929 if (!call_info)
6930 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6931
6932 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6933
6934 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6935
6936 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6937 {
6938 call_info_root = call_info;
6939 last_call_info = call_info;
6940 }
6941 else
6942 {
6943 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6944 last_call_info = call_info;
6945 }
6946
6947 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6948
6949 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6950 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6951 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6952
6953 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6954 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6955 {
6956 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6957
6958 if (label_symbol)
6959 {
6960 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6961 {
6962 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6963 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6964 }
6965 else
6966 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
6967 }
6968 else
6969 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
6970 }
6971
6972 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6973 }
6974
6975 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
6976 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
6977
6978 static void
pa_procend(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6979 pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6980 {
6981 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6982 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6983 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6984 #endif
6985
6986 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
6987 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
6988 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
6989
6990 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
6991 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
6992 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
6993 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6994 {
6995 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6996
6997 if (label_symbol)
6998 {
6999 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7000 {
7001 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7002 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7003 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7004 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7005 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7006 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7007 if (within_entry_exit)
7008 {
7009 char *where;
7010 unsigned int u;
7011
7012 where = frag_more (0);
7013 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7014 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7015 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7016 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7017 }
7018 #endif
7019 }
7020 else
7021 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7022 }
7023 else
7024 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7025 }
7026
7027 if (!within_procedure)
7028 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7029
7030 if (!callinfo_found)
7031 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7032
7033 if (within_entry_exit)
7034 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7035
7036 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7037 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7038 the size of the function (apparently it's needed in the symbol table). */
7039 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7040 #endif
7041
7042 within_procedure = false;
7043 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7044 pa_undefine_label ();
7045 }
7046
7047 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7048 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7049 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7050
7051 static int
exact_log2(int value)7052 exact_log2 (int value)
7053 {
7054 int shift = 0;
7055
7056 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7057 shift++;
7058
7059 if (shift >= 32)
7060 return -1;
7061 else
7062 return shift;
7063 }
7064
7065 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7066
7067 static void
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace(void)7068 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
7069 {
7070 if (current_space == NULL)
7071 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7072
7073 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7074 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7075 }
7076
7077 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7078 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7079 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7080
7081 static sd_chain_struct *
pa_parse_space_stmt(const char * space_name,int create_flag)7082 pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *space_name, int create_flag)
7083 {
7084 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7085 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7086 int spnum;
7087 asection *seg = NULL;
7088 sd_chain_struct *space;
7089
7090 /* Load default values. */
7091 spnum = 0;
7092 sort = 0;
7093 loadable = true;
7094 defined = true;
7095 private = false;
7096 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7097 {
7098 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7099 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7100 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7101 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7102 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7103 }
7104 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7105 {
7106 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7107 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7108 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7109 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7110 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7111 }
7112
7113 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7114 {
7115 print_errors = false;
7116 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7117 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7118 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7119 the line should be ignored. */
7120 strict = 0;
7121 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7122 if (pa_number >= 0)
7123 {
7124 spnum = pa_number;
7125 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7126 }
7127 else
7128 {
7129 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7130 {
7131 input_line_pointer++;
7132 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7133 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7134 {
7135 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7136 input_line_pointer++;
7137 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7138 }
7139 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7140 {
7141 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7142 input_line_pointer++;
7143 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7144 }
7145 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7146 {
7147 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7148 loadable = false;
7149 }
7150 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7151 {
7152 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7153 defined = false;
7154 }
7155 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7156 {
7157 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7158 private = true;
7159 }
7160 else
7161 {
7162 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7163 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7164 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7165 input_line_pointer++;
7166 }
7167 }
7168 }
7169 print_errors = true;
7170 }
7171
7172 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7173 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7174
7175 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7176 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7177 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7178 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7179 if (create_flag)
7180 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7181 private, sort, seg, 1);
7182 else
7183 {
7184 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7185 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7186 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7187 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7188 }
7189
7190 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7191 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7192 #endif
7193
7194 return space;
7195 }
7196
7197 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7198 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7199
7200 static void
pa_space(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)7201 pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7202 {
7203 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7204 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7205
7206 if (within_procedure)
7207 {
7208 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7209 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7210 }
7211 else
7212 {
7213 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7214 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7215 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7216 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7217 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7218 if (startswith (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$"))
7219 {
7220 input_line_pointer += 6;
7221 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7222 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7223 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7224 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7225 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7226
7227 current_space = sd_chain;
7228 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7229 current_subspace
7230 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7231 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7232 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7233 return;
7234 }
7235 if (startswith (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$"))
7236 {
7237 input_line_pointer += 9;
7238 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7239 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7240 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7241 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7242 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7243
7244 current_space = sd_chain;
7245 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7246 current_subspace
7247 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7248 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7249 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7250 return;
7251 }
7252 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7253 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7254 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7255 {
7256 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7257 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7258 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7259 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7260 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7261 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7262
7263 current_space = sd_chain;
7264
7265 {
7266 asection *gdb_section
7267 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7268
7269 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7270 current_subspace
7271 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7272 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7273 }
7274 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7275 return;
7276 }
7277
7278 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7279 print_errors = 0;
7280 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7281 strict = 0;
7282 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7283 if (pa_number >= 0)
7284 {
7285 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7286 {
7287 current_space = sd_chain;
7288
7289 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7290 current_subspace
7291 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7292 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7293 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7294 return;
7295 }
7296 }
7297
7298 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7299 print_errors = 1;
7300 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7301 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7302 space_name = xstrdup (name);
7303 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7304
7305 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7306 current_space = sd_chain;
7307
7308 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7309 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7310 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7311 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7312 }
7313 }
7314
7315 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7316
7317 static void
pa_spnum(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)7318 pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7319 {
7320 char *name;
7321 char c;
7322 char *p;
7323 sd_chain_struct *space;
7324
7325 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7326 space = is_defined_space (name);
7327 if (space)
7328 {
7329 p = frag_more (4);
7330 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7331 }
7332 else
7333 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7334
7335 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7336 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7337 }
7338
7339 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7340 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7341
7342 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7343 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7344
7345 static void
pa_subspace(int create_new)7346 pa_subspace (int create_new)
7347 {
7348 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7349 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7350 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7351 sd_chain_struct *space;
7352 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7353 asection *section;
7354
7355 if (current_space == NULL)
7356 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7357
7358 if (within_procedure)
7359 {
7360 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7361 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7362 }
7363 else
7364 {
7365 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7366 ss_name = xstrdup (name);
7367 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7368
7369 /* Load default values. */
7370 sort = 0;
7371 access_ctr = 0x7f;
7372 loadable = 1;
7373 comdat = 0;
7374 common = 0;
7375 dup_common = 0;
7376 code_only = 0;
7377 zero = 0;
7378 space_index = ~0;
7379 alignment = 1;
7380 quadrant = 0;
7381
7382 space = current_space;
7383 if (create_new)
7384 ssd = NULL;
7385 else
7386 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7387 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7388 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7389 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7390 {
7391 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7392 current_subspace = ssd;
7393 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7394 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7395 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7396 return;
7397 }
7398 else
7399 {
7400 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7401 the builtin subspaces. */
7402 i = 0;
7403 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7404 {
7405 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7406 {
7407 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7408 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7409 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7410 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7411 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7412 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7413 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7414 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7415 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7416 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7417 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7418 break;
7419 }
7420 i++;
7421 }
7422 }
7423
7424 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7425 any information as specified by the user. */
7426 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7427 {
7428 input_line_pointer++;
7429 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7430 {
7431 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7432 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7433 {
7434 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7435 input_line_pointer++;
7436 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7437 }
7438 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7439 {
7440 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7441 input_line_pointer++;
7442 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7443 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7444 {
7445 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7446 alignment = 1;
7447 }
7448 }
7449 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7450 {
7451 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7452 input_line_pointer++;
7453 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression ();
7454 }
7455 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7456 {
7457 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7458 input_line_pointer++;
7459 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7460 }
7461 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7462 {
7463 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7464 code_only = 1;
7465 }
7466 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7467 {
7468 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7469 loadable = 0;
7470 }
7471 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7472 {
7473 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7474 comdat = 1;
7475 }
7476 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7477 {
7478 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7479 common = 1;
7480 }
7481 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7482 {
7483 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7484 dup_common = 1;
7485 }
7486 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7487 {
7488 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7489 zero = 1;
7490 }
7491 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7492 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7493 else
7494 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7495
7496 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7497 input_line_pointer++;
7498 }
7499 }
7500
7501 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7502 in the .subspace directive. */
7503 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7504 flags = 0;
7505 if (loadable)
7506 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7507 if (code_only)
7508 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7509
7510 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7511 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7512 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7513 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7514 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7515 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7516 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7517 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7518 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7519 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7520
7521 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7522
7523 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7524 if (zero)
7525 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7526
7527 applicable &= flags;
7528
7529 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7530 segment already associated with the subspace.
7531
7532 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7533 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7534 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7535 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7536 if (create_new)
7537 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7538 else if (ssd)
7539 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7540 else
7541 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7542
7543 if (zero)
7544 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7545
7546 /* Now set the flags. */
7547 bfd_set_section_flags (section, applicable);
7548
7549 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7550 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7551
7552 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7553 bfd_set_section_vma (section, pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7554
7555 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7556 or create a new one. */
7557 if (ssd)
7558
7559 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7560 code_only, comdat, common,
7561 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr,
7562 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7563 section);
7564 else
7565 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7566 code_only, comdat, common,
7567 dup_common, zero, sort,
7568 access_ctr, space_index,
7569 alignment, quadrant, section);
7570
7571 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7572 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7573 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7574 }
7575 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7576 }
7577
7578 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7579
7580 static void
pa_spaces_begin(void)7581 pa_spaces_begin (void)
7582 {
7583 int i;
7584
7585 space_dict_root = NULL;
7586 space_dict_last = NULL;
7587
7588 i = 0;
7589 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7590 {
7591 const char *name;
7592
7593 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7594 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7595
7596 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7597 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7598 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7599 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7600 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7601 i++;
7602 }
7603
7604 i = 0;
7605 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7606 {
7607 const char *name;
7608 int applicable, subsegment;
7609 asection *segment = NULL;
7610 sd_chain_struct *space;
7611
7612 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7613 subsegment number. */
7614 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7615 subsegment = 0;
7616
7617 /* Create the new section. */
7618 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7619
7620 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7621 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7622 all the built-in subspaces. */
7623 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7624 {
7625 text_section = segment;
7626 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7627 bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
7628 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7629 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7630 | SEC_READONLY
7631 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7632 }
7633 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7634 {
7635 data_section = segment;
7636 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7637 bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
7638 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7639 | SEC_RELOC
7640 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7641
7642 }
7643 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7644 {
7645 bss_section = segment;
7646 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7647 bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
7648 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7649 }
7650 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7651 {
7652 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7653 bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
7654 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7655 | SEC_RELOC
7656 | SEC_READONLY
7657 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7658 }
7659 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7660 {
7661 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7662 bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
7663 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7664 | SEC_RELOC
7665 | SEC_READONLY
7666 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7667 }
7668 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7669 {
7670 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7671 bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
7672 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7673 | SEC_RELOC
7674 | SEC_READONLY
7675 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7676 }
7677
7678 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7679 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7680 def_space_index].segment);
7681 if (space == NULL)
7682 {
7683 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7684 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7685 }
7686
7687 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7688 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7689 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7690 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7691 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7692 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7693 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7694 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7695 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7696 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7697 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7698 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7699 segment);
7700 i++;
7701 }
7702 }
7703
7704 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7705 by the given parameters. */
7706
7707 static sd_chain_struct *
create_new_space(const char * name,int spnum,int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int defined,int private,int sort,asection * seg,int user_defined)7708 create_new_space (const char *name,
7709 int spnum,
7710 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7711 int defined,
7712 int private,
7713 int sort,
7714 asection *seg,
7715 int user_defined)
7716 {
7717 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7718
7719 chain_entry = XNEW (sd_chain_struct);
7720 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
7721 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7722 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7723 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7724
7725 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7726 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7727 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7728 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7729
7730 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7731 if (!space_dict_last)
7732 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7733
7734 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7735 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7736 else
7737 {
7738 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7739 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7740
7741 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7742 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7743
7744 while (chain_pointer)
7745 {
7746 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7747 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7748 }
7749
7750 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7751 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7752 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7753 {
7754 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7755 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7756 }
7757 else
7758 {
7759 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7760 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7761 }
7762
7763 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7764 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7765 }
7766
7767 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7768 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7769 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7770 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7771 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7772 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7773 #endif
7774
7775 return chain_entry;
7776 }
7777
7778 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7779 by the given parameters.
7780
7781 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7782 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7783
7784 static ssd_chain_struct *
create_new_subspace(sd_chain_struct * space,const char * name,int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int comdat,int common,int dup_common,int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int sort,int access_ctr,int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int quadrant,asection * seg)7785 create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7786 const char *name,
7787 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7788 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7789 int comdat,
7790 int common,
7791 int dup_common,
7792 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7793 int sort,
7794 int access_ctr,
7795 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7796 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7797 int quadrant,
7798 asection *seg)
7799 {
7800 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7801
7802 chain_entry = XNEW (ssd_chain_struct);
7803 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
7804
7805 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7806 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7807 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7808
7809 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7810 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7811 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7812
7813 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7814 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7815 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7816 else
7817 {
7818 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7819 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7820
7821 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7822 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7823
7824 while (chain_pointer)
7825 {
7826 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7827 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7828 }
7829
7830 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7831 the links. */
7832 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7833 {
7834 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7835 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7836 }
7837 else
7838 {
7839 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7840 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7841 }
7842 }
7843
7844 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7845 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7846 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7847 #endif
7848
7849 return chain_entry;
7850 }
7851
7852 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7853 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7854
7855 static ssd_chain_struct *
update_subspace(sd_chain_struct * space,char * name,int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int comdat,int common,int dup_common,int sort,int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int access_ctr,int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int quadrant,asection * section)7856 update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7857 char *name,
7858 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7859 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7860 int comdat,
7861 int common,
7862 int dup_common,
7863 int sort,
7864 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7865 int access_ctr,
7866 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7867 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7868 int quadrant,
7869 asection *section)
7870 {
7871 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7872
7873 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7874
7875 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7876 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7877 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7878 #endif
7879
7880 return chain_entry;
7881 }
7882
7883 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7884 NULL if no such space exists. */
7885
7886 static sd_chain_struct *
is_defined_space(const char * name)7887 is_defined_space (const char *name)
7888 {
7889 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7890
7891 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7892 chain_pointer;
7893 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7894 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7895 return chain_pointer;
7896
7897 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7898 return NULL;
7899 }
7900
7901 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7902 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7903
7904 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7905 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7906
7907 static sd_chain_struct *
pa_segment_to_space(asection * seg)7908 pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
7909 {
7910 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7911
7912 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7913 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7914 space_chain;
7915 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7916 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7917 return space_chain;
7918
7919 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7920 return NULL;
7921 }
7922
7923 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
7924 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
7925
7926 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
7927 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
7928 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
7929 COMDAT data.
7930
7931 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7932 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7933 own subspace. */
7934
7935 static ssd_chain_struct *
is_defined_subspace(const char * name)7936 is_defined_subspace (const char *name)
7937 {
7938 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7939 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7940
7941 /* Walk through each space. */
7942 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7943 space_chain;
7944 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7945 {
7946 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7947 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7948 subspace_chain;
7949 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7950 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7951 return subspace_chain;
7952 }
7953
7954 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
7955 return NULL;
7956 }
7957
7958 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
7959 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
7960
7961 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
7962 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
7963 to become more efficient. */
7964
7965 static ssd_chain_struct *
pa_subsegment_to_subspace(asection * seg,subsegT subseg)7966 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
7967 {
7968 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7969 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7970
7971 /* Walk through each space. */
7972 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7973 space_chain;
7974 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7975 {
7976 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7977 {
7978 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
7979 the correct mapping. */
7980 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7981 subspace_chain;
7982 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7983 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
7984 return subspace_chain;
7985 }
7986 }
7987
7988 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
7989 return NULL;
7990 }
7991
7992 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
7993
7994 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
7995 that was found or NULL on failure. */
7996
7997 static sd_chain_struct *
pa_find_space_by_number(int number)7998 pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
7999 {
8000 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8001
8002 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8003 space_chain;
8004 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8005 {
8006 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8007 return space_chain;
8008 }
8009
8010 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8011 return NULL;
8012 }
8013
8014 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8015 address is unknown then return zero. */
8016
8017 static unsigned int
pa_subspace_start(sd_chain_struct * space,int quadrant)8018 pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
8019 {
8020 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8021 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8022 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8023 return 0x40000000;
8024 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8025 return 0x40000000;
8026 else
8027 return 0;
8028 return 0;
8029 }
8030 #endif
8031
8032 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8033 a string. */
8034
8035 static unsigned int
pa_stringer_aux(char * s)8036 pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
8037 {
8038 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8039
8040 switch (c)
8041 {
8042 case '\"':
8043 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8044 break;
8045 default:
8046 break;
8047 }
8048 return c;
8049 }
8050
8051 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8052
8053 static void
pa_stringer(int append_zero)8054 pa_stringer (int append_zero)
8055 {
8056 char *s, num_buf[4];
8057 unsigned int c;
8058 int i;
8059
8060 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8061 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8062 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8063
8064 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8065 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8066 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8067 #endif
8068
8069 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8070 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8071
8072 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8073 {
8074 if (c == '\\')
8075 {
8076 c = *s;
8077 switch (c)
8078 {
8079 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8080 case 'x':
8081 {
8082 unsigned int number;
8083 int num_digit;
8084 char dg;
8085 char *s_start = s;
8086
8087 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8088 s++;
8089 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8090 num_digit < 2
8091 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8092 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8093 num_digit++)
8094 {
8095 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8096 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8097 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8098 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8099 else
8100 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8101
8102 s++;
8103 dg = *s;
8104 }
8105 if (num_digit > 0)
8106 {
8107 switch (num_digit)
8108 {
8109 case 1:
8110 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8111 break;
8112 case 2:
8113 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8114 break;
8115 }
8116 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8117 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8118 }
8119 break;
8120 }
8121 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8122 default:
8123 s++;
8124 break;
8125 }
8126 }
8127 }
8128 stringer (8 + append_zero);
8129 pa_undefine_label ();
8130 }
8131
8132 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8133
8134 static void
pa_version(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)8135 pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8136 {
8137 obj_version (0);
8138 pa_undefine_label ();
8139 }
8140
8141 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8142
8143 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8144
8145 static void
pa_compiler(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)8146 pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8147 {
8148 obj_som_compiler (0);
8149 pa_undefine_label ();
8150 }
8151
8152 #endif
8153
8154 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8155
8156 static void
pa_copyright(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)8157 pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8158 {
8159 obj_copyright (0);
8160 pa_undefine_label ();
8161 }
8162
8163 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8164 the latest space label. */
8165
8166 static void
pa_cons(int nbytes)8167 pa_cons (int nbytes)
8168 {
8169 cons (nbytes);
8170 pa_undefine_label ();
8171 }
8172
8173 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8174
8175 static void
pa_float_cons(int float_type)8176 pa_float_cons (int float_type)
8177 {
8178 float_cons (float_type);
8179 pa_undefine_label ();
8180 }
8181
8182 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8183
8184 static void
pa_fill(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)8185 pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8186 {
8187 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8188 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8189 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8190 #endif
8191
8192 s_fill (0);
8193 pa_undefine_label ();
8194 }
8195
8196 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8197
8198 static void
pa_lcomm(int needs_align)8199 pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
8200 {
8201 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8202 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8203 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8204 #endif
8205
8206 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8207 pa_undefine_label ();
8208 }
8209
8210 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8211
8212 static void
pa_lsym(int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)8213 pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8214 {
8215 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8216 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8217 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8218 #endif
8219
8220 s_lsym (0);
8221 pa_undefine_label ();
8222 }
8223
8224 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
8225 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
8226
8227 void
md_begin(void)8228 md_begin (void)
8229 {
8230 int lose = 0;
8231 unsigned int i = 0;
8232
8233 last_call_info = NULL;
8234 call_info_root = NULL;
8235
8236 /* Set the default machine type. */
8237 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
8238 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
8239
8240 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
8241 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
8242 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
8243 {
8244 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
8245 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
8246 }
8247
8248 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8249 pa_spaces_begin ();
8250 #endif
8251
8252 op_hash = str_htab_create ();
8253
8254 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
8255 {
8256 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
8257
8258 if (str_hash_insert (op_hash, name, &pa_opcodes[i], 0) != NULL)
8259 as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
8260
8261 do
8262 {
8263 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
8264 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
8265 {
8266 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
8267 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
8268 lose = 1;
8269 }
8270 ++i;
8271 }
8272 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
8273 }
8274
8275 if (lose)
8276 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
8277
8278 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8279 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
8280 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
8281 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
8282 #endif
8283
8284 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8285 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
8286 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
8287 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
8288 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
8289 #endif
8290 }
8291
8292 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8293 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8294 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8295
8296 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8297 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8298 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8299 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8300 with the address of "foo").
8301
8302 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8303 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8304 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8305
8306 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8307 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8308 selectors).
8309
8310 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8311 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
8312
8313 int
hppa_fix_adjustable(fixS * fixp)8314 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
8315 {
8316 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8317 reloc_type code;
8318 #endif
8319 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8320
8321 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8322
8323 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8324 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8325 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8326 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8327 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput,
8328 (int) fixp->fx_r_type,
8329 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8330 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8331
8332 switch (code)
8333 {
8334 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8335 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8336 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8337 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8338 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8339
8340 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8341 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8342 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8343 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8344 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8345 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8346 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8347 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8348 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8349 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8350 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8351 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8352 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8353 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8354
8355 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8356 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8357 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8358 return 0;
8359 default:
8360 break;
8361 }
8362 #endif
8363
8364 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8365 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8366
8367 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8368 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8369 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8370 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8371 && fixp->fx_subsy
8372 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8373 return 0;
8374
8375 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8376
8377 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8378 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8379 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8380 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8381 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8382 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8383 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8384 sum to the right value.
8385
8386 eg. Suppose we have
8387 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8388 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8389 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8390
8391 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8392 reducing to the section symbol we get
8393 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8394 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8395 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8396 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8397 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8398
8399 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8400 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8401 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8402 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8403 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8404
8405 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8406 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8407 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8408 return 0;
8409
8410 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8411 relocations with plabels. */
8412 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8413 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8414 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8415 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8416 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8417 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8418 return 0;
8419
8420 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8421 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8422 return 0;
8423
8424 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8425 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8426 return 0;
8427
8428 return 1;
8429 }
8430
8431 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8432 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8433 within GAS. */
8434
8435 int
hppa_force_relocation(struct fix * fixp)8436 hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
8437 {
8438 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8439
8440 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8441 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8442 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8443 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8444 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8445 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8446 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8447 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8448 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8449 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8450 return 1;
8451 #endif
8452 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8453 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8454 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8455 return 1;
8456 #endif
8457
8458 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8459
8460 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8461 linking works. */
8462 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8463 return 1;
8464
8465 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8466 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8467 call stub. */
8468 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8469 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8470 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8471 return 1;
8472
8473 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8474 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8475 {
8476 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8477 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8478
8479 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8480
8481 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8482 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8483 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8484 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8485 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8486 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8487 #endif
8488
8489 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8490 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8491 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8492 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8493 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8494 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8495 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8496 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8497 )
8498 return 1;
8499 }
8500
8501 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8502 return 1;
8503
8504 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8505 return 0;
8506 }
8507
8508 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8509 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8510 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8511 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8512 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8513 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8514
8515 void
elf_hppa_final_processing(void)8516 elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
8517 {
8518 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8519
8520 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8521 call_info_pointer;
8522 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8523 {
8524 elf_symbol_type *esym
8525 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8526 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8527 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8528 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8529 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8530 }
8531 }
8532
8533 static void
pa_vtable_entry(int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)8534 pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8535 {
8536 struct fix *new_fix;
8537
8538 new_fix = obj_elf_get_vtable_entry ();
8539
8540 if (new_fix)
8541 {
8542 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct);
8543
8544 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8545 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8546 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8547 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8548 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8549 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8550 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8551 }
8552 }
8553
8554 static void
pa_vtable_inherit(int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)8555 pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8556 {
8557 struct fix *new_fix;
8558
8559 new_fix = obj_elf_get_vtable_inherit ();
8560
8561 if (new_fix)
8562 {
8563 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct);
8564
8565 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8566 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8567 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8568 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8569 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8570 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8571 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8572 }
8573 }
8574 #endif
8575
8576 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
8577 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
8578 dependent tables? */
8579 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
8580 {
8581 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
8582 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
8583 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8584 {"align", pa_align, 8},
8585 #endif
8586 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8587 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
8588 #endif
8589 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
8590 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
8591 {"block", pa_block, 1},
8592 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
8593 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
8594 {"call", pa_call, 0},
8595 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
8596 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
8597 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
8598 #else
8599 {"code", pa_text, 0},
8600 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
8601 #endif
8602 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8603 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
8604 #endif
8605 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
8606 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8607 {"data", pa_data, 0},
8608 #endif
8609 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
8610 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
8611 {"end", pa_end, 0},
8612 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
8613 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8614 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
8615 #endif
8616 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
8617 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
8618 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
8619 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
8620 {"export", pa_export, 0},
8621 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
8622 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8623 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
8624 {"import", pa_import, 0},
8625 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
8626 {"label", pa_label, 0},
8627 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
8628 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
8629 {"level", pa_level, 0},
8630 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
8631 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
8632 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8633 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
8634 #endif
8635 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
8636 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
8637 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
8638 {"param", pa_param, 0},
8639 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
8640 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
8641 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
8642 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
8643 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
8644 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8645 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8646 {"space", pa_space, 0},
8647 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
8648 #endif
8649 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
8650 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
8651 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8652 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
8653 #endif
8654 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8655 {"text", pa_text, 0},
8656 #endif
8657 {"version", pa_version, 0},
8658 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8659 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
8660 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
8661 #endif
8662 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
8663 {NULL, 0, 0}
8664 };
8665
8666 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8667 void
hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions(void)8668 hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
8669 {
8670 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
8671 }
8672
8673 int
hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum(char * regname)8674 hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
8675 {
8676 unsigned int regnum = -1;
8677 unsigned int i;
8678 const char *p;
8679 char *q;
8680 static struct { const char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
8681 {
8682 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
8683 };
8684
8685 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
8686 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
8687 return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
8688
8689 if (regname[0] == 'r')
8690 {
8691 p = regname + 1;
8692 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8693 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
8694 return -1;
8695 }
8696 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
8697 {
8698 p = regname + 2;
8699 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8700 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
8701 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8702 return -1;
8703 regnum += 32 - 4;
8704 #else
8705 if (p == q
8706 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
8707 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8708 return -1;
8709 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
8710 if (*q == 'R')
8711 regnum++;
8712 #endif
8713 }
8714 return regnum;
8715 }
8716 #endif
8717